summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/Documentation
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
-rw-r--r--Documentation/00-INDEX6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-kmemtrace71
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci27
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/Changes12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/dvb/dvbapi.xml19
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.h.xml1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.xml10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl108
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media-entities.tmpl1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media.tmpl8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/compat.xml5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/fdl-appendix.xml2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/lirc_device_interface.xml235
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/remote_controllers.xml2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/HOWTO6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/PCI/pci.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/SubmittingDrivers2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/apparmor.txt39
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/IXP20002
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/IXP4xx14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/README4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/SA1100/Assabet5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/SA1100/Brutus2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/SA1100/FreeBird2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsClient2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsMaster2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/SA1100/Itsy2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/SA1100/PLEB2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/SA1100/Victor2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/SA1100/nanoEngine2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/memory.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/tcm.txt30
-rw-r--r--Documentation/binfmt_misc.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/block/biodoc.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/bus-virt-phys-mapping.txt (renamed from Documentation/IO-mapping.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cdrom/packet-writing.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/coccinelle.txt258
-rw-r--r--Documentation/credentials.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/development-process/4.Coding2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devices.txt9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dvb/faq.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware25
-rw-r--r--Documentation/fb/framebuffer.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt133
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/affs.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/befs.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/isofs.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/sysfs-pci.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt46
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/firmware_class/hotplug-script17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/adm10262
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/g760a2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/hpfall.c2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/k8temp2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/lm856
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/pkgtemp36
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/smsc47m111
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/thmc502
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/via686a2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/w83627hf6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/w83781d2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/w83792d2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali15352
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali15632
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali15x32
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-piix42
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis6302
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ia64/aliasing.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ia64/serial.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/infiniband/user_verbs.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/input/appletouch.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/input/bcm5974.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt218
-rw-r--r--Documentation/input/sentelic.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/input/xpad.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/intel_txt.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.CAPI8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/isdn/README2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/isdn/README.gigaset117
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ja_JP/SubmittingPatches6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt34
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt127
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kernel-docs.txt39
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt44
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kprobes.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kvm/api.txt208
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kvm/mmu.txt52
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kvm/msr.txt153
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kvm/review-checklist.txt38
-rw-r--r--Documentation/laptops/acer-wmi.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt71
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ldm.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/md.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/misc-devices/c2port.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/mtd/nand_ecc.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/3c509.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/README.ipw21003
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/README.ipw22004
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/README.sb10004
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/bonding.txt86
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/caif/spi_porting.txt208
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/decnet.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/iphase.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt30
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/ray_cs.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/s2io.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/tlan.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/udplite.txt13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/wavelan.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/padata.txt97
-rw-r--r--Documentation/pcmcia/driver-changes.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/apm-acpi.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/basic-pm-debugging.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/tricks.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/video.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/diu.txt20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/i2c.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/rt-mutex-design.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/BusLogic.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/FlashPoint.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/Mylex.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/NinjaSCSI.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/hpsa.txt107
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/osst.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/ppa.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/scsi.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/serial/moxa-smartio2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/DAI.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/codec.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/platform.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/oss/README.OSS5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sparse.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/telephony/ixj.txt9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/timers/timers-howto.txt105
-rw-r--r--Documentation/tomoyo.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/trace/ftrace-design.txt153
-rw-r--r--Documentation/trace/kmemtrace.txt126
-rw-r--r--Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt73
-rw-r--r--Documentation/usb/linux.inf2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/API.html2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx238856
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa71343
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.tuner1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/CQcam.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/README.cpia2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/README.ivtv2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/Zoran6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Cards6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/bttv/MAKEDEV2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Specs4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/cx88/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/ibmcam.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/se401.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/w9966.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/vm/page-types.c2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/w1/masters/ds24824
-rw-r--r--Documentation/w1/masters/mxc-w13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/w1/masters/omap-hdq2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingDrivers2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingPatches6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/zh_CN/sparse.txt2
210 files changed, 2716 insertions, 1090 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/00-INDEX b/Documentation/00-INDEX
index dd10b51..5405f7a 100644
--- a/Documentation/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/00-INDEX
@@ -32,8 +32,6 @@ DocBook/
- directory with DocBook templates etc. for kernel documentation.
HOWTO
- the process and procedures of how to do Linux kernel development.
-IO-mapping.txt
- - how to access I/O mapped memory from within device drivers.
IPMI.txt
- info on Linux Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) Driver.
IRQ-affinity.txt
@@ -84,6 +82,8 @@ blockdev/
- info on block devices & drivers
btmrvl.txt
- info on Marvell Bluetooth driver usage.
+bus-virt-phys-mapping.txt
+ - how to access I/O mapped memory from within device drivers.
cachetlb.txt
- describes the cache/TLB flushing interfaces Linux uses.
cdrom/
@@ -168,6 +168,8 @@ initrd.txt
- how to use the RAM disk as an initial/temporary root filesystem.
input/
- info on Linux input device support.
+io-mapping.txt
+ - description of io_mapping functions in linux/io-mapping.h
io_ordering.txt
- info on ordering I/O writes to memory-mapped addresses.
ioctl/
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6546115
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/{gpe,use_global_lock,io}
+Date: July 2010
+Contact: Thomas Renninger <trenn@suse.de>
+Description:
+
+General information like which GPE is assigned to the EC and whether
+the global lock should get used.
+Knowing the EC GPE one can watch the amount of HW events related to
+the EC here (XY -> GPE number from /sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/gpe):
+/sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/gpeXY
+
+The io file is binary and a userspace tool located here:
+ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/trenn/sources/ec/
+should get used to read out the 256 Embedded Controller registers
+or writing to them.
+
+CAUTION: Do not write to the Embedded Controller if you don't know
+what you are doing! Rebooting afterwards also is a good idea.
+This can influence the way your machine is cooled and fans may
+not get switched on again after you did a wrong write.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-kmemtrace b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-kmemtrace
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e6a92a..0000000
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-kmemtrace
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-What: /sys/kernel/debug/kmemtrace/
-Date: July 2008
-Contact: Eduard - Gabriel Munteanu <eduard.munteanu@linux360.ro>
-Description:
-
-In kmemtrace-enabled kernels, the following files are created:
-
-/sys/kernel/debug/kmemtrace/
- cpu<n> (0400) Per-CPU tracing data, see below. (binary)
- total_overruns (0400) Total number of bytes which were dropped from
- cpu<n> files because of full buffer condition,
- non-binary. (text)
- abi_version (0400) Kernel's kmemtrace ABI version. (text)
-
-Each per-CPU file should be read according to the relay interface. That is,
-the reader should set affinity to that specific CPU and, as currently done by
-the userspace application (though there are other methods), use poll() with
-an infinite timeout before every read(). Otherwise, erroneous data may be
-read. The binary data has the following _core_ format:
-
- Event ID (1 byte) Unsigned integer, one of:
- 0 - represents an allocation (KMEMTRACE_EVENT_ALLOC)
- 1 - represents a freeing of previously allocated memory
- (KMEMTRACE_EVENT_FREE)
- Type ID (1 byte) Unsigned integer, one of:
- 0 - this is a kmalloc() / kfree()
- 1 - this is a kmem_cache_alloc() / kmem_cache_free()
- 2 - this is a __get_free_pages() et al.
- Event size (2 bytes) Unsigned integer representing the
- size of this event. Used to extend
- kmemtrace. Discard the bytes you
- don't know about.
- Sequence number (4 bytes) Signed integer used to reorder data
- logged on SMP machines. Wraparound
- must be taken into account, although
- it is unlikely.
- Caller address (8 bytes) Return address to the caller.
- Pointer to mem (8 bytes) Pointer to target memory area. Can be
- NULL, but not all such calls might be
- recorded.
-
-In case of KMEMTRACE_EVENT_ALLOC events, the next fields follow:
-
- Requested bytes (8 bytes) Total number of requested bytes,
- unsigned, must not be zero.
- Allocated bytes (8 bytes) Total number of actually allocated
- bytes, unsigned, must not be lower
- than requested bytes.
- Requested flags (4 bytes) GFP flags supplied by the caller.
- Target CPU (4 bytes) Signed integer, valid for event id 1.
- If equal to -1, target CPU is the same
- as origin CPU, but the reverse might
- not be true.
-
-The data is made available in the same endianness the machine has.
-
-Other event ids and type ids may be defined and added. Other fields may be
-added by increasing event size, but see below for details.
-Every modification to the ABI, including new id definitions, are followed
-by bumping the ABI version by one.
-
-Adding new data to the packet (features) is done at the end of the mandatory
-data:
- Feature size (2 byte)
- Feature ID (1 byte)
- Feature data (Feature size - 3 bytes)
-
-
-Users:
- kmemtrace-user - git://repo.or.cz/kmemtrace-user.git
-
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
index 25be325..f979d82 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
@@ -139,3 +139,30 @@ Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
Description:
This symbolic link points to the PCI hotplug controller driver
module that manages the hotplug slot.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../label
+Date: July 2010
+Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com
+Description:
+ Reading this attribute will provide the firmware
+ given name(SMBIOS type 41 string) of the PCI device.
+ The attribute will be created only if the firmware
+ has given a name to the PCI device.
+Users:
+ Userspace applications interested in knowing the
+ firmware assigned name of the PCI device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../index
+Date: July 2010
+Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com
+Description:
+ Reading this attribute will provide the firmware
+ given instance(SMBIOS type 41 device type instance)
+ of the PCI device. The attribute will be created
+ only if the firmware has given a device type instance
+ to the PCI device.
+Users:
+ Userspace applications interested in knowing the
+ firmware assigned device type instance of the PCI
+ device that can help in understanding the firmware
+ intended order of the PCI device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
index aba7d98..7405de2 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Description:
added or removed dynamically to represent hot-add/remove
operations.
Users: hotplug memory add/remove tools
- https://w3.opensource.ibm.com/projects/powerpc-utils/
+ http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils
What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable
Date: June 2008
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Description:
identify removable sections of the memory before attempting
potentially expensive hot-remove memory operation
Users: hotplug memory remove tools
- https://w3.opensource.ibm.com/projects/powerpc-utils/
+ http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils
What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device
Date: September 2008
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Description:
by root to offline that section.
# echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state
Users: hotplug memory remove tools
- https://w3.opensource.ibm.com/projects/powerpc-utils/
+ http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils
What: /sys/devices/system/memoryX/nodeY
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
index 84a710f..7564e88 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Description: These files exist in every cpu's cache index directories.
Currently, only AMD Family 10h Processors support cache index
disable, and only for their L3 caches. See the BIOS and
Kernel Developer's Guide at
- http://www.amd.com/us-en/assets/content_type/white_papers_and_tech_docs/31116-Public-GH-BKDG_3.20_2-4-09.pdf
+ http://support.amd.com/us/Embedded_TechDocs/31116-Public-GH-BKDG_3-28_5-28-09.pdf
for formatting information and other details on the
cache index disable.
Users: joachim.deguara@amd.com
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
index 88340a2..063bda7 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
@@ -33,19 +33,6 @@ Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38
This file is readonly.
-What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/kone_driver_version
-Date: March 2010
-Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
-Description: When read, this file returns the driver version.
- The format of the string is "v<major>.<minor>.<patchlevel>".
- This attribute is used by the userland tools to find the sysfs-
- paths of installed kone-mice and determine the capabilites of
- the driver. Versions of this driver for old kernels replace
- usbhid instead of generic-usb. The way to scan for this file
- has been chosen to provide a consistent way for all supported
- kernel versions.
- This file is readonly.
-
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/profile[1-5]
Date: March 2010
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power
index d6a801f..2875f1f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power
@@ -114,3 +114,18 @@ Description:
if this file contains "1", which is the default. It may be
disabled by writing "0" to this file, in which case all devices
will be suspended and resumed synchronously.
+
+What: /sys/power/wakeup_count
+Date: July 2010
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/wakeup_count file allows user space to put the
+ system into a sleep state while taking into account the
+ concurrent arrival of wakeup events. Reading from it returns
+ the current number of registered wakeup events and it blocks if
+ some wakeup events are being processed at the time the file is
+ read from. Writing to it will only succeed if the current
+ number of wakeup events is equal to the written value and, if
+ successful, will make the kernel abort a subsequent transition
+ to a sleep state if any wakeup events are reported after the
+ write has returned.
diff --git a/Documentation/Changes b/Documentation/Changes
index eca9f6e..4fb88f1 100644
--- a/Documentation/Changes
+++ b/Documentation/Changes
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ o <ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/rusty/modules/>
Mkinitrd
--------
-o <ftp://rawhide.redhat.com/pub/rawhide/SRPMS/SRPMS/>
+o <https://code.launchpad.net/initrd-tools/main>
E2fsprogs
---------
@@ -343,11 +343,11 @@ o <http://jfs.sourceforge.net/>
Reiserfsprogs
-------------
-o <http://www.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs/reiserfsprogs-3.6.3.tar.gz>
+o <http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/fs/reiserfs/>
Xfsprogs
--------
-o <ftp://oss.sgi.com/projects/xfs/download/>
+o <ftp://oss.sgi.com/projects/xfs/>
Pcmciautils
-----------
@@ -387,18 +387,18 @@ o <http://sourceforge.net/projects/fuse>
mcelog
------
-o <ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cpu/mce/mcelog/>
+o <ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cpu/mce/>
Networking
**********
PPP
---
-o <ftp://ftp.samba.org/pub/ppp/ppp-2.4.0.tar.gz>
+o <ftp://ftp.samba.org/pub/ppp/>
Isdn4k-utils
------------
-o <ftp://ftp.isdn4linux.de/pub/isdn4linux/utils/isdn4k-utils.v3.1pre1.tar.gz>
+o <ftp://ftp.isdn4linux.de/pub/isdn4linux/utils/>
NFS-utils
---------
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl
index 1b2dd4f..ecd35e9 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl
@@ -111,6 +111,7 @@ X!Edrivers/base/attribute_container.c
<!--
X!Edrivers/base/interface.c
-->
+!Iinclude/linux/platform_device.h
!Edrivers/base/platform.c
!Edrivers/base/bus.c
</sect1>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/dvbapi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/dvbapi.xml
index 63c528f..e3a97fd 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/dvbapi.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/dvbapi.xml
@@ -12,10 +12,12 @@
<othername role="mi">O. C.</othername>
<affiliation><address><email>rjkm@metzlerbros.de</email></address></affiliation>
</author>
+</authorgroup>
+<authorgroup>
<author>
<firstname>Mauro</firstname>
-<surname>Chehab</surname>
<othername role="mi">Carvalho</othername>
+<surname>Chehab</surname>
<affiliation><address><email>mchehab@redhat.com</email></address></affiliation>
<contrib>Ported document to Docbook XML.</contrib>
</author>
@@ -23,13 +25,24 @@
<copyright>
<year>2002</year>
<year>2003</year>
- <year>2009</year>
<holder>Convergence GmbH</holder>
</copyright>
+<copyright>
+ <year>2009-2010</year>
+ <holder>Mauro Carvalho Chehab</holder>
+</copyright>
<revhistory>
<!-- Put document revisions here, newest first. -->
<revision>
+ <revnumber>2.0.3</revnumber>
+ <date>2010-07-03</date>
+ <authorinitials>mcc</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>
+ Add some frontend capabilities flags, present on kernel, but missing at the specs.
+ </revremark>
+</revision>
+<revision>
<revnumber>2.0.2</revnumber>
<date>2009-10-25</date>
<authorinitials>mcc</authorinitials>
@@ -63,7 +76,7 @@ Added ISDB-T test originally written by Patrick Boettcher
<title>LINUX DVB API</title>
-<subtitle>Version 3</subtitle>
+<subtitle>Version 5.2</subtitle>
<!-- ADD THE CHAPTERS HERE -->
<chapter id="dvb_introdution">
&sub-intro;
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.h.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.h.xml
index b99644f..d08e0d4 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.h.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.h.xml
@@ -63,6 +63,7 @@ typedef enum fe_caps {
FE_CAN_8VSB = 0x200000,
FE_CAN_16VSB = 0x400000,
FE_HAS_EXTENDED_CAPS = 0x800000, /* We need more bitspace for newer APIs, indicate this. */
+ FE_CAN_TURBO_FEC = 0x8000000, /* frontend supports "turbo fec modulation" */
FE_CAN_2G_MODULATION = 0x10000000, /* frontend supports "2nd generation modulation" (DVB-S2) */
FE_NEEDS_BENDING = 0x20000000, /* not supported anymore, don't use (frontend requires frequency bending) */
FE_CAN_RECOVER = 0x40000000, /* frontend can recover from a cable unplug automatically */
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.xml
index 300ba1f..78d756d 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.xml
@@ -64,8 +64,14 @@ a specific frontend type.</para>
FE_CAN_BANDWIDTH_AUTO = 0x40000,
FE_CAN_GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO = 0x80000,
FE_CAN_HIERARCHY_AUTO = 0x100000,
- FE_CAN_MUTE_TS = 0x80000000,
- FE_CAN_CLEAN_SETUP = 0x40000000
+ FE_CAN_8VSB = 0x200000,
+ FE_CAN_16VSB = 0x400000,
+ FE_HAS_EXTENDED_CAPS = 0x800000,
+ FE_CAN_TURBO_FEC = 0x8000000,
+ FE_CAN_2G_MODULATION = 0x10000000,
+ FE_NEEDS_BENDING = 0x20000000,
+ FE_CAN_RECOVER = 0x40000000,
+ FE_CAN_MUTE_TS = 0x80000000
} fe_caps_t;
</programlisting>
</section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl
index 55f12ac..490d862 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl
@@ -199,10 +199,33 @@
may be configured as a kernel built-in or a kernel loadable module.
You can only make use of <constant>kgdbwait</constant> and early
debugging if you build kgdboc into the kernel as a built-in.
+ <para>Optionally you can elect to activate kms (Kernel Mode
+ Setting) integration. When you use kms with kgdboc and you have a
+ video driver that has atomic mode setting hooks, it is possible to
+ enter the debugger on the graphics console. When the kernel
+ execution is resumed, the previous graphics mode will be restored.
+ This integration can serve as a useful tool to aid in diagnosing
+ crashes or doing analysis of memory with kdb while allowing the
+ full graphics console applications to run.
+ </para>
</para>
<sect2 id="kgdbocArgs">
<title>kgdboc arguments</title>
- <para>Usage: <constant>kgdboc=[kbd][[,]serial_device][,baud]</constant></para>
+ <para>Usage: <constant>kgdboc=[kms][[,]kbd][[,]serial_device][,baud]</constant></para>
+ <para>The order listed above must be observed if you use any of the
+ optional configurations together.
+ </para>
+ <para>Abbreviations:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>kms = Kernel Mode Setting</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>kbd = Keyboard</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ <para>You can configure kgdboc to use the keyboard, and or a serial
+ device depending on if you are using kdb and or kgdb, in one of the
+ following scenarios. The order listed above must be observed if
+ you use any of the optional configurations together. Using kms +
+ only gdb is generally not a useful combination.</para>
<sect3 id="kgdbocArgs1">
<title>Using loadable module or built-in</title>
<para>
@@ -212,7 +235,7 @@
<listitem>
<para>As a kernel loadable module:</para>
<para>Use the command: <constant>modprobe kgdboc kgdboc=&lt;tty-device&gt;,[baud]</constant></para>
- <para>Here are two examples of how you might formate the kgdboc
+ <para>Here are two examples of how you might format the kgdboc
string. The first is for an x86 target using the first serial port.
The second example is for the ARM Versatile AB using the second
serial port.
@@ -240,6 +263,9 @@
</sect3>
<sect3 id="kgdbocArgs3">
<title>More examples</title>
+ <para>You can configure kgdboc to use the keyboard, and or a serial
+ device depending on if you are using kdb and or kgdb, in one of the
+ following scenarios.</para>
<para>You can configure kgdboc to use the keyboard, and or a serial device
depending on if you are using kdb and or kgdb, in one of the
following scenarios.
@@ -255,6 +281,12 @@
<listitem><para>kdb with a keyboard</para>
<para><constant>kgdboc=kbd</constant></para>
</listitem>
+ <listitem><para>kdb with kernel mode setting</para>
+ <para><constant>kgdboc=kms,kbd</constant></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>kdb with kernel mode setting and kgdb over a serial port</para>
+ <para><constant>kgdboc=kms,kbd,ttyS0,115200</constant></para>
+ </listitem>
</orderedlist>
</para>
</sect3>
@@ -637,6 +669,8 @@ Task Addr Pid Parent [*] cpu State Thread Command
<listitem><para>The logic to perform safe memory reads and writes to memory while using the debugger</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>A full implementation for software breakpoints unless overridden by the arch</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>The API to invoke either the kdb or kgdb frontend to the debug core.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>The structures and callback API for atomic kernel mode setting.</para>
+ <para>NOTE: kgdboc is where the kms callbacks are invoked.</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -747,6 +781,8 @@ Task Addr Pid Parent [*] cpu State Thread Command
</sect1>
<sect1 id="kgdbocDesign">
<title>kgdboc internals</title>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>kgdboc and uarts</title>
<para>
The kgdboc driver is actually a very thin driver that relies on the
underlying low level to the hardware driver having "polling hooks"
@@ -754,11 +790,8 @@ Task Addr Pid Parent [*] cpu State Thread Command
implementation of kgdboc it the serial_core was changed to expose a
low level UART hook for doing polled mode reading and writing of a
single character while in an atomic context. When kgdb makes an I/O
- request to the debugger, kgdboc invokes a call back in the serial
- core which in turn uses the call back in the UART driver. It is
- certainly possible to extend kgdboc to work with non-UART based
- consoles in the future.
- </para>
+ request to the debugger, kgdboc invokes a callback in the serial
+ core which in turn uses the callback in the UART driver.</para>
<para>
When using kgdboc with a UART, the UART driver must implement two callbacks in the <constant>struct uart_ops</constant>. Example from drivers/8250.c:<programlisting>
#ifdef CONFIG_CONSOLE_POLL
@@ -772,9 +805,68 @@ Task Addr Pid Parent [*] cpu State Thread Command
that they can be called from an atomic context and have to restore
the state of the UART chip on return such that the system can return
to normal when the debugger detaches. You need to be very careful
- with any kind of lock you consider, because failing here is most
+ with any kind of lock you consider, because failing here is most likely
going to mean pressing the reset button.
</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="kgdbocKbd">
+ <title>kgdboc and keyboards</title>
+ <para>The kgdboc driver contains logic to configure communications
+ with an attached keyboard. The keyboard infrastructure is only
+ compiled into the kernel when CONFIG_KDB_KEYBOARD=y is set in the
+ kernel configuration.</para>
+ <para>The core polled keyboard driver driver for PS/2 type keyboards
+ is in drivers/char/kdb_keyboard.c. This driver is hooked into the
+ debug core when kgdboc populates the callback in the array
+ called <constant>kdb_poll_funcs[]</constant>. The
+ kdb_get_kbd_char() is the top-level function which polls hardware
+ for single character input.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="kgdbocKms">
+ <title>kgdboc and kms</title>
+ <para>The kgdboc driver contains logic to request the graphics
+ display to switch to a text context when you are using
+ "kgdboc=kms,kbd", provided that you have a video driver which has a
+ frame buffer console and atomic kernel mode setting support.</para>
+ <para>
+ Every time the kernel
+ debugger is entered it calls kgdboc_pre_exp_handler() which in turn
+ calls con_debug_enter() in the virtual console layer. On resuming kernel
+ execution, the kernel debugger calls kgdboc_post_exp_handler() which
+ in turn calls con_debug_leave().</para>
+ <para>Any video driver that wants to be compatible with the kernel
+ debugger and the atomic kms callbacks must implement the
+ mode_set_base_atomic, fb_debug_enter and fb_debug_leave operations.
+ For the fb_debug_enter and fb_debug_leave the option exists to use
+ the generic drm fb helper functions or implement something custom for
+ the hardware. The following example shows the initialization of the
+ .mode_set_base_atomic operation in
+ drivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_display.c:
+ <informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+static const struct drm_crtc_helper_funcs intel_helper_funcs = {
+[...]
+ .mode_set_base_atomic = intel_pipe_set_base_atomic,
+[...]
+};
+ </programlisting>
+ </informalexample>
+ </para>
+ <para>Here is an example of how the i915 driver initializes the fb_debug_enter and fb_debug_leave functions to use the generic drm helpers in
+ drivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_fb.c:
+ <informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+static struct fb_ops intelfb_ops = {
+[...]
+ .fb_debug_enter = drm_fb_helper_debug_enter,
+ .fb_debug_leave = drm_fb_helper_debug_leave,
+[...]
+};
+ </programlisting>
+ </informalexample>
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
</sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="credits">
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media-entities.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/media-entities.tmpl
index 5d4d40f4..6ae9715 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media-entities.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media-entities.tmpl
@@ -218,6 +218,7 @@
<!ENTITY sub-dev-teletext SYSTEM "v4l/dev-teletext.xml">
<!ENTITY sub-driver SYSTEM "v4l/driver.xml">
<!ENTITY sub-libv4l SYSTEM "v4l/libv4l.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-lirc_device_interface SYSTEM "v4l/lirc_device_interface.xml">
<!ENTITY sub-remote_controllers SYSTEM "v4l/remote_controllers.xml">
<!ENTITY sub-fdl-appendix SYSTEM "v4l/fdl-appendix.xml">
<!ENTITY sub-close SYSTEM "v4l/func-close.xml">
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/media.tmpl
index eea564b..f11048d 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media.tmpl
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
<title>LINUX MEDIA INFRASTRUCTURE API</title>
<copyright>
- <year>2009</year>
+ <year>2009-2010</year>
<holder>LinuxTV Developers</holder>
</copyright>
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the chapter entitled
in fact it covers several different video standards including
DVB-T, DVB-S, DVB-C and ATSC. The API is currently being updated
to documment support also for DVB-S2, ISDB-T and ISDB-S.</para>
- <para>The third part covers other API's used by all media infrastructure devices</para>
+ <para>The third part covers Remote Controller API</para>
<para>For additional information and for the latest development code,
see: <ulink url="http://linuxtv.org">http://linuxtv.org</ulink>.</para>
<para>For discussing improvements, reporting troubles, sending new drivers, etc, please mail to: <ulink url="http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#linux-media">Linux Media Mailing List (LMML).</ulink>.</para>
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the chapter entitled
</author>
</authorgroup>
<copyright>
- <year>2009</year>
+ <year>2009-2010</year>
<holder>Mauro Carvalho Chehab</holder>
</copyright>
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the chapter entitled
</revhistory>
</partinfo>
-<title>Other API's used by media infrastructure drivers</title>
+<title>Remote Controller API</title>
<chapter id="remote_controllers">
&sub-remote_controllers;
</chapter>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl
index d87f456..324b534 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@
</para>
<para>
For documentation see
- <ulink url='http://www.torque.net/sg/sdebug26.html'>http://www.torque.net/sg/sdebug26.html</ulink>
+ <ulink url='http://sg.danny.cz/sg/sdebug26.html'>http://sg.danny.cz/sg/sdebug26.html</ulink>
</para>
<!-- !Edrivers/scsi/scsi_debug.c -->
</sect2>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl b/Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl
index 254c1d5..85b2527 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl
@@ -6,4 +6,5 @@
<param name="callout.graphics">0</param>
<!-- <param name="paper.type">A4</param> -->
<param name="generate.section.toc.level">2</param>
+<param name="use.id.as.filename">1</param>
</stylesheet>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/compat.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/compat.xml
index b42b935..54447f0 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/compat.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/compat.xml
@@ -1091,8 +1091,9 @@ signed 64-bit integer. Output devices should not send a buffer out
until the time in the timestamp field has arrived. I would like to
follow SGI's lead, and adopt a multimedia timestamping system like
their UST (Unadjusted System Time). See
-http://reality.sgi.com/cpirazzi_engr/lg/time/intro.html. [This link is
-no longer valid.] UST uses timestamps that are 64-bit signed integers
+http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://reality.sgi.com
+/cpirazzi_engr/lg/time/intro.html.
+UST uses timestamps that are 64-bit signed integers
(not struct timeval's) and given in nanosecond units. The UST clock
starts at zero when the system is booted and runs continuously and
uniformly. It takes a little over 292 years for UST to overflow. There
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/fdl-appendix.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/fdl-appendix.xml
index b6ce50d..ae22394 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/fdl-appendix.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/fdl-appendix.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
The GNU Free Documentation License 1.1 in DocBook
Markup by Eric Baudais <baudais@okstate.edu>
Maintained by the GNOME Documentation Project
- http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp
+ http://live.gnome.org/DocumentationProject
Version: 1.0.1
Last Modified: Nov 16, 2000
-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/lirc_device_interface.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/lirc_device_interface.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0413234
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/lirc_device_interface.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+<section id="lirc_dev">
+<title>LIRC Device Interface</title>
+
+
+<section id="lirc_dev_intro">
+<title>Introduction</title>
+
+<para>The LIRC device interface is a bi-directional interface for
+transporting raw IR data between userspace and kernelspace. Fundamentally,
+it is just a chardev (/dev/lircX, for X = 0, 1, 2, ...), with a number
+of standard struct file_operations defined on it. With respect to
+transporting raw IR data to and fro, the essential fops are read, write
+and ioctl.</para>
+
+<para>Example dmesg output upon a driver registering w/LIRC:</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <para>$ dmesg |grep lirc_dev</para>
+ <para>lirc_dev: IR Remote Control driver registered, major 248</para>
+ <para>rc rc0: lirc_dev: driver ir-lirc-codec (mceusb) registered at minor = 0</para>
+ </blockquote>
+
+<para>What you should see for a chardev:</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <para>$ ls -l /dev/lirc*</para>
+ <para>crw-rw---- 1 root root 248, 0 Jul 2 22:20 /dev/lirc0</para>
+ </blockquote>
+</section>
+
+<section id="lirc_read">
+<title>LIRC read fop</title>
+
+<para>The lircd userspace daemon reads raw IR data from the LIRC chardev. The
+exact format of the data depends on what modes a driver supports, and what
+mode has been selected. lircd obtains supported modes and sets the active mode
+via the ioctl interface, detailed at <xref linkend="lirc_ioctl"/>. The generally
+preferred mode is LIRC_MODE_MODE2, in which packets containing an int value
+describing an IR signal are read from the chardev.</para>
+
+<para>See also <ulink url="http://www.lirc.org/html/technical.html">http://www.lirc.org/html/technical.html</ulink> for more info.</para>
+</section>
+
+<section id="lirc_write">
+<title>LIRC write fop</title>
+
+<para>The data written to the chardev is a pulse/space sequence of integer
+values. Pulses and spaces are only marked implicitly by their position. The
+data must start and end with a pulse, therefore, the data must always include
+an unevent number of samples. The write function must block until the data has
+been transmitted by the hardware.</para>
+</section>
+
+<section id="lirc_ioctl">
+<title>LIRC ioctl fop</title>
+
+<para>The LIRC device's ioctl definition is bound by the ioctl function
+definition of struct file_operations, leaving us with an unsigned int
+for the ioctl command and an unsigned long for the arg. For the purposes
+of ioctl portability across 32-bit and 64-bit, these values are capped
+to their 32-bit sizes.</para>
+
+<para>The following ioctls can be used to change specific hardware settings.
+In general each driver should have a default set of settings. The driver
+implementation is expected to re-apply the default settings when the device
+is closed by user-space, so that every application opening the device can rely
+on working with the default settings initially.</para>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_GET_FEATURES</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Obviously, get the underlying hardware device's features. If a driver
+ does not announce support of certain features, calling of the corresponding
+ ioctls is undefined.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_GET_SEND_MODE</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Get supported transmit mode. Only LIRC_MODE_PULSE is supported by lircd.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_GET_REC_MODE</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Get supported receive modes. Only LIRC_MODE_MODE2 and LIRC_MODE_LIRCCODE
+ are supported by lircd.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_GET_SEND_CARRIER</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Get carrier frequency (in Hz) currently used for transmit.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_GET_REC_CARRIER</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Get carrier frequency (in Hz) currently used for IR reception.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_{G,S}ET_{SEND,REC}_DUTY_CYCLE</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Get/set the duty cycle (from 0 to 100) of the carrier signal. Currently,
+ no special meaning is defined for 0 or 100, but this could be used to switch
+ off carrier generation in the future, so these values should be reserved.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_GET_REC_RESOLUTION</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Some receiver have maximum resolution which is defined by internal
+ sample rate or data format limitations. E.g. it's common that signals can
+ only be reported in 50 microsecond steps. This integer value is used by
+ lircd to automatically adjust the aeps tolerance value in the lircd
+ config file.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_GET_M{IN,AX}_TIMEOUT</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Some devices have internal timers that can be used to detect when
+ there's no IR activity for a long time. This can help lircd in detecting
+ that a IR signal is finished and can speed up the decoding process.
+ Returns an integer value with the minimum/maximum timeout that can be
+ set. Some devices have a fixed timeout, in that case both ioctls will
+ return the same value even though the timeout cannot be changed.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_GET_M{IN,AX}_FILTER_{PULSE,SPACE}</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Some devices are able to filter out spikes in the incoming signal
+ using given filter rules. These ioctls return the hardware capabilities
+ that describe the bounds of the possible filters. Filter settings depend
+ on the IR protocols that are expected. lircd derives the settings from
+ all protocols definitions found in its config file.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_GET_LENGTH</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Retrieves the code length in bits (only for LIRC_MODE_LIRCCODE).
+ Reads on the device must be done in blocks matching the bit count.
+ The bit could should be rounded up so that it matches full bytes.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_SET_{SEND,REC}_MODE</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Set send/receive mode. Largely obsolete for send, as only
+ LIRC_MODE_PULSE is supported.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_SET_{SEND,REC}_CARRIER</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Set send/receive carrier (in Hz).</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_SET_TRANSMITTER_MASK</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>This enables the given set of transmitters. The first transmitter
+ is encoded by the least significant bit, etc. When an invalid bit mask
+ is given, i.e. a bit is set, even though the device does not have so many
+ transitters, then this ioctl returns the number of available transitters
+ and does nothing otherwise.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_SET_REC_TIMEOUT</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Sets the integer value for IR inactivity timeout (cf.
+ LIRC_GET_MIN_TIMEOUT and LIRC_GET_MAX_TIMEOUT). A value of 0 (if
+ supported by the hardware) disables all hardware timeouts and data should
+ be reported as soon as possible. If the exact value cannot be set, then
+ the next possible value _greater_ than the given value should be set.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_SET_REC_TIMEOUT_REPORTS</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Enable (1) or disable (0) timeout reports in LIRC_MODE_MODE2. By
+ default, timeout reports should be turned off.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_SET_REC_FILTER_{,PULSE,SPACE}</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Pulses/spaces shorter than this are filtered out by hardware. If
+ filters cannot be set independently for pulse/space, the corresponding
+ ioctls must return an error and LIRC_SET_REC_FILTER shall be used instead.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_SET_MEASURE_CARRIER_MODE</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Enable (1)/disable (0) measure mode. If enabled, from the next key
+ press on, the driver will send LIRC_MODE2_FREQUENCY packets. By default
+ this should be turned off.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_SET_REC_{DUTY_CYCLE,CARRIER}_RANGE</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>To set a range use LIRC_SET_REC_DUTY_CYCLE_RANGE/LIRC_SET_REC_CARRIER_RANGE
+ with the lower bound first and later LIRC_SET_REC_DUTY_CYCLE/LIRC_SET_REC_CARRIER
+ with the upper bound.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_NOTIFY_DECODE</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>This ioctl is called by lircd whenever a successful decoding of an
+ incoming IR signal could be done. This can be used by supporting hardware
+ to give visual feedback to the user e.g. by flashing a LED.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_SETUP_{START,END}</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Setting of several driver parameters can be optimized by encapsulating
+ the according ioctl calls with LIRC_SETUP_START/LIRC_SETUP_END. When a
+ driver receives a LIRC_SETUP_START ioctl it can choose to not commit
+ further setting changes to the hardware until a LIRC_SETUP_END is received.
+ But this is open to the driver implementation and every driver must also
+ handle parameter changes which are not encapsulated by LIRC_SETUP_START
+ and LIRC_SETUP_END. Drivers can also choose to ignore these ioctls.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+</section>
+</section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/remote_controllers.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/remote_controllers.xml
index 73f5eab..3c3b667b 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/remote_controllers.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/remote_controllers.xml
@@ -173,3 +173,5 @@ keymapping.</para>
<para>This program demonstrates how to replace the keymap tables.</para>
&sub-keytable-c;
</section>
+
+&sub-lirc_device_interface;
diff --git a/Documentation/HOWTO b/Documentation/HOWTO
index 40ada93..365bda9 100644
--- a/Documentation/HOWTO
+++ b/Documentation/HOWTO
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ apply a patch.
If you do not know where you want to start, but you want to look for
some task to start doing to join into the kernel development community,
go to the Linux Kernel Janitor's project:
- http://janitor.kernelnewbies.org/
+ http://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors
It is a great place to start. It describes a list of relatively simple
problems that need to be cleaned up and fixed within the Linux kernel
source tree. Working with the developers in charge of this project, you
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ process is tracked with the tool patchwork. Patchwork offers a web
interface which shows patch postings, any comments on a patch or
revisions to it, and maintainers can mark patches as under review,
accepted, or rejected. Most of these patchwork sites are listed at
-http://patchwork.kernel.org/ or http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/.
+http://patchwork.kernel.org/.
2.6.x -next kernel tree for integration tests
---------------------------------------------
@@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ start exactly where you are now.
----------
Thanks to Paolo Ciarrocchi who allowed the "Development Process"
-(http://linux.tar.bz/articles/2.6-development_process) section
+(http://lwn.net/Articles/94386/) section
to be based on text he had written, and to Randy Dunlap and Gerrit
Huizenga for some of the list of things you should and should not say.
Also thanks to Pat Mochel, Hanna Linder, Randy Dunlap, Kay Sievers,
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt b/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt
index 7f6de6e..6148d40 100644
--- a/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ to be handled by platform and generic code, not individual drivers.
8. Vendor and device identifications
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-One is not not required to add new device ids to include/linux/pci_ids.h.
+One is not required to add new device ids to include/linux/pci_ids.h.
Please add PCI_VENDOR_ID_xxx for vendors and a hex constant for device ids.
PCI_VENDOR_ID_xxx constants are re-used. The device ids are arbitrary
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt
index 5aea459..c43460d 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ Suparna Bhattacharya"
,Year="2006"
,pages="v2 123-138"
,note="Available:
-\url{http://www.linuxsymposium.org/2006/view_abstract.php?content_key=184}
+\url{http://www.linuxsymposium.org/2006/index_2006.php}
\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/OLSrtRCU.2006.08.11a.pdf}
[Viewed January 1, 2007]"
,annotation="
diff --git a/Documentation/SubmittingDrivers b/Documentation/SubmittingDrivers
index 4947fd8..38d2aab 100644
--- a/Documentation/SubmittingDrivers
+++ b/Documentation/SubmittingDrivers
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ How to NOT write kernel driver by Arjan van de Ven:
http://www.fenrus.org/how-to-not-write-a-device-driver-paper.pdf
Kernel Janitor:
- http://janitor.kernelnewbies.org/
+ http://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors
GIT, Fast Version Control System:
http://git-scm.com/
diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt b/Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt
index 3a4dbe4..b5aada9 100644
--- a/Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt
+++ b/Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
The EtherDrive (R) HOWTO for users of 2.6 kernels is found at ...
- http://www.coraid.com/support/linux/EtherDrive-2.6-HOWTO.html
+ http://www.coraid.com/SUPPORT/EtherDrive-HBA
It has many tips and hints!
diff --git a/Documentation/apparmor.txt b/Documentation/apparmor.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93c1fd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/apparmor.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+--- What is AppArmor? ---
+
+AppArmor is MAC style security extension for the Linux kernel. It implements
+a task centered policy, with task "profiles" being created and loaded
+from user space. Tasks on the system that do not have a profile defined for
+them run in an unconfined state which is equivalent to standard Linux DAC
+permissions.
+
+--- How to enable/disable ---
+
+set CONFIG_SECURITY_APPARMOR=y
+
+If AppArmor should be selected as the default security module then
+ set CONFIG_DEFAULT_SECURITY="apparmor"
+ and CONFIG_SECURITY_APPARMOR_BOOTPARAM_VALUE=1
+
+Build the kernel
+
+If AppArmor is not the default security module it can be enabled by passing
+security=apparmor on the kernel's command line.
+
+If AppArmor is the default security module it can be disabled by passing
+apparmor=0, security=XXXX (where XXX is valid security module), on the
+kernel's command line
+
+For AppArmor to enforce any restrictions beyond standard Linux DAC permissions
+policy must be loaded into the kernel from user space (see the Documentation
+and tools links).
+
+--- Documentation ---
+
+Documentation can be found on the wiki.
+
+--- Links ---
+
+Mailing List - apparmor@lists.ubuntu.com
+Wiki - http://apparmor.wiki.kernel.org/
+User space tools - https://launchpad.net/apparmor
+Kernel module - git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jj/apparmor-dev.git
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/IXP2000 b/Documentation/arm/IXP2000
index e0148b6..68d21d9 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/IXP2000
+++ b/Documentation/arm/IXP2000
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ telecom systems. In addition to an XScale core, it contains up to 8
interfaces (UTOPIA, SPI, etc), a PCI host bridge, one serial port,
flash interface, and some other odds and ends. For more information, see:
-http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixp2xxx.htm
+http://developer.intel.com
2. Linux Support
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/IXP4xx b/Documentation/arm/IXP4xx
index 72fbcc4..133c5fa 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/IXP4xx
+++ b/Documentation/arm/IXP4xx
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ require the use of Intel's propietary CSR softare:
If you need to use any of the above, you need to download Intel's
software from:
- http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixp425swr1.htm
+ http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixp425.htm
DO NOT POST QUESTIONS TO THE LINUX MAILING LISTS REGARDING THE PROPIETARY
SOFTWARE.
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ SOFTWARE.
There are several websites that provide directions/pointers on using
Intel's software:
-http://ixp4xx-osdg.sourceforge.net/
+ http://sourceforge.net/projects/ixp4xx-osdg/
Open Source Developer's Guide for using uClinux and the Intel libraries
http://gatewaymaker.sourceforge.net/
@@ -112,21 +112,21 @@ http://www.adiengineering.com/productsCoyote.html
Finally, there is an IDE port hanging off the expansion bus.
Gateworks Avila Network Platform
-http://www.gateworks.com/avila_sbc.htm
+http://www.gateworks.com/support/overview.php
The Avila platform is basically and IXDP425 with the 4 PCI slots
replaced with mini-PCI slots and a CF IDE interface hanging off
the expansion bus.
Intel IXDP425 Development Platform
-http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixdp425.htm
+http://www.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixdpg425.htm
This is Intel's standard reference platform for the IXDP425 and is
also known as the Richfield board. It contains 4 PCI slots, 16MB
of flash, two 10/100 ports and one ADSL port.
Intel IXDP465 Development Platform
-http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixdp465.htm
+http://www.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixdp465.htm
This is basically an IXDP425 with an IXP465 and 32M of flash instead
of just 16.
@@ -141,15 +141,13 @@ Intel IXDPG425 Development Platform
a pivot_root to NFS.
Motorola PrPMC1100 Processor Mezanine Card
-http://www.fountainsys.com/datasheet/PrPMC1100.pdf
+http://www.fountainsys.com
The PrPMC1100 is based on the IXCP1100 and is meant to plug into
and IXP2400/2800 system to act as the system controller. It simply
contains a CPU and 16MB of flash on the board and needs to be
plugged into a carrier board to function. Currently Linux only
supports the Motorola PrPMC carrier board for this platform.
- See https://mcg.motorola.com/us/ds/pdf/ds0144.pdf for info
- on the carrier board.
5. TODO LIST
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/README b/Documentation/arm/README
index d98783f..aea3409 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/README
+++ b/Documentation/arm/README
@@ -41,12 +41,12 @@ Bug reports etc
---------------
Please send patches to the patch system. For more information, see
- http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/patches/info.html Always include some
+ http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/patches/info.php Always include some
explanation as to what the patch does and why it is needed.
Bug reports should be sent to linux-arm-kernel@lists.arm.linux.org.uk,
or submitted through the web form at
- http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/forms/solution.shtml
+ http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/
When sending bug reports, please ensure that they contain all relevant
information, eg. the kernel messages that were printed before/during
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Assabet b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Assabet
index 91f7ce7..08b885d 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Assabet
+++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Assabet
@@ -2,8 +2,7 @@ The Intel Assabet (SA-1110 evaluation) board
============================================
Please see:
-http://developer.intel.com/design/strong/quicklist/eval-plat/sa-1110.htm
-http://developer.intel.com/design/strong/guides/278278.htm
+http://developer.intel.com
Also some notes from John G Dorsey <jd5q@andrew.cmu.edu>:
http://www.cs.cmu.edu/~wearable/software/assabet.html
@@ -64,7 +63,7 @@ Initial RedBoot configuration
-----------------------------
The commands used here are explained in The RedBoot User's Guide available
-on-line at http://sources.redhat.com/ecos/docs-latest/redboot/redboot.html.
+on-line at http://sources.redhat.com/ecos/docs.html.
Please refer to it for explanations.
If you have a CF network card (my Assabet kit contained a CF+ LP-E from
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Brutus b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Brutus
index b1cfd40..6a3aa95 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Brutus
+++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Brutus
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
Brutus is an evaluation platform for the SA1100 manufactured by Intel.
For more details, see:
-http://developer.intel.com/design/strong/applnots/sa1100lx/getstart.htm
+http://developer.intel.com
To compile for Brutus, you must issue the following commands:
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/FreeBird b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/FreeBird
index eda28b3..fb23b77 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/FreeBird
+++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/FreeBird
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Freebird-1.1 is produced by Legned(C) ,Inc.
-(http://www.legend.com.cn)
+http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.legend.com.cn
and software/linux mainatined by Coventive(C),Inc.
(http://www.coventive.com)
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsClient b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsClient
index 6c9c4f5..867bb35 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsClient
+++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsClient
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Supported peripherals:
- serial ports (ttyS[0-2])
- ttyS0 is default for serial console
- Smart I/O (ADC, keypad, digital inputs, etc)
- See http://www.applieddata.com/developers/linux for IOCTL documentation
+ See http://www.eurotech-inc.com/linux-sbc.asp for IOCTL documentation
and example user space code. ps/2 keybd is multiplexed through this driver
To do:
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsMaster b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsMaster
index ee7c659..9145088 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsMaster
+++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsMaster
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Supported peripherals:
- serial ports (ttyS[0-2])
- ttyS0 is default for serial console
- Smart I/O (ADC, keypad, digital inputs, etc)
- See http://www.applieddata.com/developers/linux for IOCTL documentation
+ See http://www.eurotech-inc.com/linux-sbc.asp for IOCTL documentation
and example user space code. ps/2 keybd is multiplexed through this driver
To do:
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Itsy b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Itsy
index 3b59453..44b9499 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Itsy
+++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Itsy
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ research projects at Compaq that are related to pocket computing.
For more information, see:
- http://www.research.digital.com/wrl/itsy/index.html
+ http://www.hpl.hp.com/downloads/crl/itsy/
Notes on initial 2.4 Itsy support (8/27/2000) :
The port was done on an Itsy version 1.5 machine with a daughtercard with
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/PLEB b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/PLEB
index 92cae066..b9c8a63 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/PLEB
+++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/PLEB
@@ -6,6 +6,6 @@ PLEB support has yet to be fully integrated.
For more information, see:
- http://www.cse.unsw.edu.au/~pleb/
+ http://www.cse.unsw.edu.au
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Victor b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Victor
index f938a29..9cff415 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Victor
+++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Victor
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ VisuAide, Inc. to be used by blind people.
For more information related to Victor, see:
- http://www.visuaide.com/victor
+ http://www.humanware.com/en-usa/products
Of course Victor is using Linux as its main operating system.
The Victor implementation for Linux is maintained by Nicolas Pitre:
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/nanoEngine b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/nanoEngine
index fc431cb..48a7934f 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/nanoEngine
+++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/nanoEngine
@@ -7,5 +7,5 @@ for more info.
(Ref: Stuart Adams <sja@brightstareng.com>)
Also visit Larry Doolittle's "Linux for the nanoEngine" site:
-http://recycle.lbl.gov/~ldoolitt/bse/
+http://www.brightstareng.com/arm/nanoeng.htm
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/memory.txt b/Documentation/arm/memory.txt
index eb0fae1..771d48d 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/memory.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm/memory.txt
@@ -33,7 +33,13 @@ ffff0000 ffff0fff CPU vector page.
fffe0000 fffeffff XScale cache flush area. This is used
in proc-xscale.S to flush the whole data
- cache. Free for other usage on non-XScale.
+ cache. (XScale does not have TCM.)
+
+fffe8000 fffeffff DTCM mapping area for platforms with
+ DTCM mounted inside the CPU.
+
+fffe0000 fffe7fff ITCM mapping area for platforms with
+ ITCM mounted inside the CPU.
fff00000 fffdffff Fixmap mapping region. Addresses provided
by fix_to_virt() will be located here.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/tcm.txt b/Documentation/arm/tcm.txt
index 77fd937..7c15871 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/tcm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm/tcm.txt
@@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ defines a CPUID_TCM register that you can read out from the
system control coprocessor. Documentation from ARM can be found
at http://infocenter.arm.com, search for "TCM Status Register"
to see documents for all CPUs. Reading this register you can
-determine if ITCM (bit 0) and/or DTCM (bit 16) is present in the
-machine.
+determine if ITCM (bits 1-0) and/or DTCM (bit 17-16) is present
+in the machine.
There is further a TCM region register (search for "TCM Region
Registers" at the ARM site) that can report and modify the location
@@ -35,7 +35,15 @@ The TCM memory can then be remapped to another address again using
the MMU, but notice that the TCM if often used in situations where
the MMU is turned off. To avoid confusion the current Linux
implementation will map the TCM 1 to 1 from physical to virtual
-memory in the location specified by the machine.
+memory in the location specified by the kernel. Currently Linux
+will map ITCM to 0xfffe0000 and on, and DTCM to 0xfffe8000 and
+on, supporting a maximum of 32KiB of ITCM and 32KiB of DTCM.
+
+Newer versions of the region registers also support dividing these
+TCMs in two separate banks, so for example an 8KiB ITCM is divided
+into two 4KiB banks with its own control registers. The idea is to
+be able to lock and hide one of the banks for use by the secure
+world (TrustZone).
TCM is used for a few things:
@@ -65,18 +73,18 @@ in <asm/tcm.h>. Using this interface it is possible to:
memory. Such a heap is great for things like saving
device state when shutting off device power domains.
-A machine that has TCM memory shall select HAVE_TCM in
-arch/arm/Kconfig for itself, and then the
-rest of the functionality will depend on the physical
-location and size of ITCM and DTCM to be defined in
-mach/memory.h for the machine. Code that needs to use
-TCM shall #include <asm/tcm.h> If the TCM is not located
-at the place given in memory.h it will be moved using
-the TCM Region registers.
+A machine that has TCM memory shall select HAVE_TCM from
+arch/arm/Kconfig for itself. Code that needs to use TCM shall
+#include <asm/tcm.h>
Functions to go into itcm can be tagged like this:
int __tcmfunc foo(int bar);
+Since these are marked to become long_calls and you may want
+to have functions called locally inside the TCM without
+wasting space, there is also the __tcmlocalfunc prefix that
+will make the call relative.
+
Variables to go into dtcm can be tagged like this:
int __tcmdata foo;
diff --git a/Documentation/binfmt_misc.txt b/Documentation/binfmt_misc.txt
index f609ebf..c1ed694 100644
--- a/Documentation/binfmt_misc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/binfmt_misc.txt
@@ -111,6 +111,6 @@ cause unexpected behaviour and can be a security hazard.
There is a web page about binfmt_misc at
-http://www.tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de/~rguenth/linux/binfmt_misc.html
+http://www.tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de
Richard Günther <rguenth@tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de>
diff --git a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
index 508b5b2..b9a83dd 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Notes Written on Jan 15, 2002:
Last Updated May 2, 2002
September 2003: Updated I/O Scheduler portions
- Nick Piggin <piggin@cyberone.com.au>
+ Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
Introduction:
diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt
index e431267..ee6717e 100644
--- a/Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt
+++ b/Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt
@@ -412,6 +412,6 @@ have in your mail headers, when sending mail to the list server.
You might also find some useful information on the linux-parport
web pages (although they are not always up to date) at
- http://www.torque.net/parport/
+ http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.torque.net/parport/
diff --git a/Documentation/IO-mapping.txt b/Documentation/bus-virt-phys-mapping.txt
index 1b5aa10..1b5aa10 100644
--- a/Documentation/IO-mapping.txt
+++ b/Documentation/bus-virt-phys-mapping.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/cdrom/packet-writing.txt b/Documentation/cdrom/packet-writing.txt
index 1c40777..13c251d 100644
--- a/Documentation/cdrom/packet-writing.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cdrom/packet-writing.txt
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Using the pktcdvd sysfs interface
Since Linux 2.6.20, the pktcdvd module has a sysfs interface
and can be controlled by it. For example the "pktcdvd" tool uses
-this interface. (see http://people.freenet.de/BalaGi#pktcdvd )
+this interface. (see http://tom.ist-im-web.de/download/pktcdvd )
"pktcdvd" works similar to "pktsetup", e.g.:
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt
index 51682ab..5d0d569 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ There are ways to query or modify cpusets:
cat, rmdir commands from the shell, or their equivalent from C.
- via the C library libcpuset.
- via the C library libcgroup.
- (http://sourceforge.net/proects/libcg/)
+ (http://sourceforge.net/projects/libcg/)
- via the python application cset.
(http://developer.novell.com/wiki/index.php/Cpuset)
diff --git a/Documentation/coccinelle.txt b/Documentation/coccinelle.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd2b028
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/coccinelle.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+Copyright 2010 Nicolas Palix <npalix@diku.dk>
+Copyright 2010 Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
+Copyright 2010 Gilles Muller <Gilles.Muller@lip6.fr>
+
+
+ Getting Coccinelle
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The semantic patches included in the kernel use the 'virtual rule'
+feature which was introduced in Coccinelle version 0.1.11.
+
+Coccinelle (>=0.2.0) is available through the package manager
+of many distributions, e.g. :
+
+ - Debian (>=squeeze)
+ - Fedora (>=13)
+ - Ubuntu (>=10.04 Lucid Lynx)
+ - OpenSUSE
+ - Arch Linux
+ - NetBSD
+ - FreeBSD
+
+
+You can get the latest version released from the Coccinelle homepage at
+http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/
+
+Once you have it, run the following command:
+
+ ./configure
+ make
+
+as a regular user, and install it with
+
+ sudo make install
+
+
+ Using Coccinelle on the Linux kernel
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+A Coccinelle-specific target is defined in the top level
+Makefile. This target is named 'coccicheck' and calls the 'coccicheck'
+front-end in the 'scripts' directory.
+
+Four modes are defined: report, patch, context, and org. The mode to
+use is specified by setting the MODE variable with 'MODE=<mode>'.
+
+'report' generates a list in the following format:
+ file:line:column-column: message
+
+'patch' proposes a fix, when possible.
+
+'context' highlights lines of interest and their context in a
+diff-like style.Lines of interest are indicated with '-'.
+
+'org' generates a report in the Org mode format of Emacs.
+
+Note that not all semantic patches implement all modes.
+
+To make a report for every semantic patch, run the following command:
+
+ make coccicheck MODE=report
+
+NB: The 'report' mode is the default one.
+
+To produce patches, run:
+
+ make coccicheck MODE=patch
+
+
+The coccicheck target applies every semantic patch available in the
+subdirectories of 'scripts/coccinelle' to the entire Linux kernel.
+
+For each semantic patch, a changelog message is proposed. It gives a
+description of the problem being checked by the semantic patch, and
+includes a reference to Coccinelle.
+
+As any static code analyzer, Coccinelle produces false
+positives. Thus, reports must be carefully checked, and patches
+reviewed.
+
+
+ Using Coccinelle with a single semantic patch
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The optional make variable COCCI can be used to check a single
+semantic patch. In that case, the variable must be initialized with
+the name of the semantic patch to apply.
+
+For instance:
+
+ make coccicheck COCCI=<my_SP.cocci> MODE=patch
+or
+ make coccicheck COCCI=<my_SP.cocci> MODE=report
+
+
+ Proposing new semantic patches
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+New semantic patches can be proposed and submitted by kernel
+developers. For sake of clarity, they should be organized in the
+subdirectories of 'scripts/coccinelle/'.
+
+
+ Detailed description of the 'report' mode
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+'report' generates a list in the following format:
+ file:line:column-column: message
+
+Example:
+
+Running
+
+ make coccicheck MODE=report COCCI=scripts/coccinelle/err_cast.cocci
+
+will execute the following part of the SmPL script.
+
+<smpl>
+@r depends on !context && !patch && (org || report)@
+expression x;
+position p;
+@@
+
+ ERR_PTR@p(PTR_ERR(x))
+
+@script:python depends on report@
+p << r.p;
+x << r.x;
+@@
+
+msg="ERR_CAST can be used with %s" % (x)
+coccilib.report.print_report(p[0], msg)
+</smpl>
+
+This SmPL excerpt generates entries on the standard output, as
+illustrated below:
+
+/home/user/linux/crypto/ctr.c:188:9-16: ERR_CAST can be used with alg
+/home/user/linux/crypto/authenc.c:619:9-16: ERR_CAST can be used with auth
+/home/user/linux/crypto/xts.c:227:9-16: ERR_CAST can be used with alg
+
+
+ Detailed description of the 'patch' mode
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+When the 'patch' mode is available, it proposes a fix for each problem
+identified.
+
+Example:
+
+Running
+ make coccicheck MODE=patch COCCI=scripts/coccinelle/err_cast.cocci
+
+will execute the following part of the SmPL script.
+
+<smpl>
+@ depends on !context && patch && !org && !report @
+expression x;
+@@
+
+- ERR_PTR(PTR_ERR(x))
++ ERR_CAST(x)
+</smpl>
+
+This SmPL excerpt generates patch hunks on the standard output, as
+illustrated below:
+
+diff -u -p a/crypto/ctr.c b/crypto/ctr.c
+--- a/crypto/ctr.c 2010-05-26 10:49:38.000000000 +0200
++++ b/crypto/ctr.c 2010-06-03 23:44:49.000000000 +0200
+@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ static struct crypto_instance *crypto_ct
+ alg = crypto_attr_alg(tb[1], CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_CIPHER,
+ CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_MASK);
+ if (IS_ERR(alg))
+- return ERR_PTR(PTR_ERR(alg));
++ return ERR_CAST(alg);
+
+ /* Block size must be >= 4 bytes. */
+ err = -EINVAL;
+
+ Detailed description of the 'context' mode
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+'context' highlights lines of interest and their context
+in a diff-like style.
+
+NOTE: The diff-like output generated is NOT an applicable patch. The
+ intent of the 'context' mode is to highlight the important lines
+ (annotated with minus, '-') and gives some surrounding context
+ lines around. This output can be used with the diff mode of
+ Emacs to review the code.
+
+Example:
+
+Running
+ make coccicheck MODE=context COCCI=scripts/coccinelle/err_cast.cocci
+
+will execute the following part of the SmPL script.
+
+<smpl>
+@ depends on context && !patch && !org && !report@
+expression x;
+@@
+
+* ERR_PTR(PTR_ERR(x))
+</smpl>
+
+This SmPL excerpt generates diff hunks on the standard output, as
+illustrated below:
+
+diff -u -p /home/user/linux/crypto/ctr.c /tmp/nothing
+--- /home/user/linux/crypto/ctr.c 2010-05-26 10:49:38.000000000 +0200
++++ /tmp/nothing
+@@ -185,7 +185,6 @@ static struct crypto_instance *crypto_ct
+ alg = crypto_attr_alg(tb[1], CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_CIPHER,
+ CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_MASK);
+ if (IS_ERR(alg))
+- return ERR_PTR(PTR_ERR(alg));
+
+ /* Block size must be >= 4 bytes. */
+ err = -EINVAL;
+
+ Detailed description of the 'org' mode
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+'org' generates a report in the Org mode format of Emacs.
+
+Example:
+
+Running
+ make coccicheck MODE=org COCCI=scripts/coccinelle/err_cast.cocci
+
+will execute the following part of the SmPL script.
+
+<smpl>
+@r depends on !context && !patch && (org || report)@
+expression x;
+position p;
+@@
+
+ ERR_PTR@p(PTR_ERR(x))
+
+@script:python depends on org@
+p << r.p;
+x << r.x;
+@@
+
+msg="ERR_CAST can be used with %s" % (x)
+msg_safe=msg.replace("[","@(").replace("]",")")
+coccilib.org.print_todo(p[0], msg_safe)
+</smpl>
+
+This SmPL excerpt generates Org entries on the standard output, as
+illustrated below:
+
+* TODO [[view:/home/user/linux/crypto/ctr.c::face=ovl-face1::linb=188::colb=9::cole=16][ERR_CAST can be used with alg]]
+* TODO [[view:/home/user/linux/crypto/authenc.c::face=ovl-face1::linb=619::colb=9::cole=16][ERR_CAST can be used with auth]]
+* TODO [[view:/home/user/linux/crypto/xts.c::face=ovl-face1::linb=227::colb=9::cole=16][ERR_CAST can be used with alg]]
diff --git a/Documentation/credentials.txt b/Documentation/credentials.txt
index a2db352..995baf3 100644
--- a/Documentation/credentials.txt
+++ b/Documentation/credentials.txt
@@ -417,6 +417,9 @@ reference on them using:
This does all the RCU magic inside of it. The caller must call put_cred() on
the credentials so obtained when they're finished with.
+ [*] Note: The result of __task_cred() should not be passed directly to
+ get_cred() as this may race with commit_cred().
+
There are a couple of convenience functions to access bits of another task's
credentials, hiding the RCU magic from the caller:
diff --git a/Documentation/development-process/4.Coding b/Documentation/development-process/4.Coding
index a5a3450..2278693 100644
--- a/Documentation/development-process/4.Coding
+++ b/Documentation/development-process/4.Coding
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ With sparse, the programmer can be warned about confusion between
user-space and kernel-space addresses, mixture of big-endian and
small-endian quantities, the passing of integer values where a set of bit
flags is expected, and so on. Sparse must be installed separately (it can
-be found at http://www.kernel.org/pub/software/devel/sparse/ if your
+be found at https://sparse.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/Main_Page if your
distributor does not package it); it can then be run on the code by adding
"C=1" to your make command.
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt
index 6680cab..524de92 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Example scripts
===============
LUKS (Linux Unified Key Setup) is now the preferred way to set up disk
encryption with dm-crypt using the 'cryptsetup' utility, see
-http://luks.endorphin.org/
+http://clemens.endorphin.org/cryptography
[[
#!/bin/sh
diff --git a/Documentation/devices.txt b/Documentation/devices.txt
index 1d83d12..f2da781 100644
--- a/Documentation/devices.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devices.txt
@@ -1517,7 +1517,7 @@ Your cooperation is appreciated.
...
The driver and documentation may be obtained from
- http://www.proximity.com.au/~brian/winradio/
+ http://www.winradio.com/
82 block I2O hard disk
0 = /dev/i2o/hdag 33rd I2O hard disk, whole disk
@@ -1723,7 +1723,7 @@ Your cooperation is appreciated.
1 = /dev/comedi1 Second comedi device
...
- See http://stm.lbl.gov/comedi or http://www.llp.fu-berlin.de/.
+ See http://stm.lbl.gov/comedi.
98 block User-mode virtual block device
0 = /dev/ubda First user-mode block device
@@ -1984,7 +1984,7 @@ Your cooperation is appreciated.
256 NetWare volumes can be supported in a single
machine.
- http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/jmerkey/nwfs
+ http://cgfa.telepac.pt/ftp2/kernel.org/linux/kernel/people/jmerkey/nwfs/
0 = /dev/nwfs/v0 First NetWare (NWFS) Logical Volume
1 = /dev/nwfs/v1 Second NetWare (NWFS) Logical Volume
@@ -2591,7 +2591,8 @@ Your cooperation is appreciated.
1 = /dev/intermezzo1 Second cache manager
...
- See http://www.inter-mezzo.org/ for more information.
+ See http://web.archive.org/web/20080115195241/
+ http://inter-mezzo.org/index.html
186 char Object-based storage control device
0 = /dev/obd0 First obd control device
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/faq.txt b/Documentation/dvb/faq.txt
index 2511a33..121832e 100644
--- a/Documentation/dvb/faq.txt
+++ b/Documentation/dvb/faq.txt
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Some very frequently asked questions about linuxtv-dvb
the TuxBox CVS many interesting DVB applications and the dBox2
DVB source
- http://sourceforge.net/projects/dvbsak/
+ http://www.linuxtv.org/downloads/
DVB Swiss Army Knife library and utilities
http://www.nenie.org/misc/mpsys/
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware b/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware
index 239cbdb..350959f 100644
--- a/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware
+++ b/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ use IO::Handle;
"dec3000s", "vp7041", "dibusb", "nxt2002", "nxt2004",
"or51211", "or51132_qam", "or51132_vsb", "bluebird",
"opera1", "cx231xx", "cx18", "cx23885", "pvrusb2", "mpc718",
- "af9015", "ngene");
+ "af9015", "ngene", "az6027");
# Check args
syntax() if (scalar(@ARGV) != 1);
@@ -518,11 +518,11 @@ sub bluebird {
sub af9015 {
my $sourcefile = "download.ashx?file=57";
my $url = "http://www.ite.com.tw/EN/Services/$sourcefile";
- my $hash = "ff5b096ed47c080870eacdab2de33ad6";
+ my $hash = "e3f08935158038d385ad382442f4bb2d";
my $outfile = "dvb-usb-af9015.fw";
my $tmpdir = tempdir(DIR => "/tmp", CLEANUP => 1);
- my $fwoffset = 0x22708;
- my $fwlength = 18225;
+ my $fwoffset = 0x25690;
+ my $fwlength = 18725;
my ($chunklength, $buf, $rcount);
checkstandard();
@@ -567,6 +567,23 @@ sub ngene {
"$file1, $file2";
}
+sub az6027{
+ my $file = "AZ6027_Linux_Driver.tar.gz";
+ my $url = "http://linux.terratec.de/files/$file";
+ my $firmware = "dvb-usb-az6027-03.fw";
+
+ wgetfile($file, $url);
+
+ #untar
+ if( system("tar xzvf $file $firmware")){
+ die "failed to untar firmware";
+ }
+ if( system("rm $file")){
+ die ("unable to remove unnecessary files");
+ }
+
+ $firmware;
+}
# ---------------------------------------------------------------
# Utilities
diff --git a/Documentation/fb/framebuffer.txt b/Documentation/fb/framebuffer.txt
index fe79e3c..58c5ae2 100644
--- a/Documentation/fb/framebuffer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/fb/framebuffer.txt
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ and on its mirrors.
The latest version of fbset can be found at
- http://home.tvd.be/cr26864/Linux/fbdev/
+ http://www.linux-fbdev.org/
10. Credits
diff --git a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
index c268783..71f0fea 100644
--- a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
+++ b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Why: Broken design for runtime control over driver power states, confusing
inputs. This framework was never widely used, and most attempts to
use it were broken. Drivers should instead be exposing domain-specific
interfaces either to kernel or to userspace.
-Who: Pavel Machek <pavel@suse.cz>
+Who: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
---------------------------
@@ -116,29 +116,6 @@ Who: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
---------------------------
-What: PCMCIA control ioctl (needed for pcmcia-cs [cardmgr, cardctl])
-When: 2.6.35/2.6.36
-Files: drivers/pcmcia/: pcmcia_ioctl.c
-Why: With the 16-bit PCMCIA subsystem now behaving (almost) like a
- normal hotpluggable bus, and with it using the default kernel
- infrastructure (hotplug, driver core, sysfs) keeping the PCMCIA
- control ioctl needed by cardmgr and cardctl from pcmcia-cs is
- unnecessary and potentially harmful (it does not provide for
- proper locking), and makes further cleanups and integration of the
- PCMCIA subsystem into the Linux kernel device driver model more
- difficult. The features provided by cardmgr and cardctl are either
- handled by the kernel itself now or are available in the new
- pcmciautils package available at
- http://kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/kernel/pcmcia/
-
- For all architectures except ARM, the associated config symbol
- has been removed from kernel 2.6.34; for ARM, it will be likely
- be removed from kernel 2.6.35. The actual code will then likely
- be removed from kernel 2.6.36.
-Who: Dominik Brodowski <linux@dominikbrodowski.net>
-
----------------------------
-
What: sys_sysctl
When: September 2010
Option: CONFIG_SYSCTL_SYSCALL
@@ -303,15 +280,6 @@ Who: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
---------------------------
-What: CONFIG_NF_CT_ACCT
-When: 2.6.29
-Why: Accounting can now be enabled/disabled without kernel recompilation.
- Currently used only to set a default value for a feature that is also
- controlled by a kernel/module/sysfs/sysctl parameter.
-Who: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
-
----------------------------
-
What: sysfs ui for changing p4-clockmod parameters
When: September 2009
Why: See commits 129f8ae9b1b5be94517da76009ea956e89104ce8 and
@@ -377,16 +345,6 @@ Who: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
----------------------------
-What: lock_policy_rwsem_* and unlock_policy_rwsem_* will not be
- exported interface anymore.
-When: 2.6.33
-Why: cpu_policy_rwsem has a new cleaner definition making it local to
- cpufreq core and contained inside cpufreq.c. Other dependent
- drivers should not use it in order to safely avoid lockdep issues.
-Who: Venkatesh Pallipadi <venkatesh.pallipadi@intel.com>
-
-----------------------------
-
What: sound-slot/service-* module aliases and related clutters in
sound/sound_core.c
When: August 2010
@@ -459,57 +417,6 @@ Who: Corentin Chary <corentin.chary@gmail.com>
----------------------------
-What: usbvideo quickcam_messenger driver
-When: 2.6.35
-Files: drivers/media/video/usbvideo/quickcam_messenger.[ch]
-Why: obsolete v4l1 driver replaced by gspca_stv06xx
-Who: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
-
-----------------------------
-
-What: ov511 v4l1 driver
-When: 2.6.35
-Files: drivers/media/video/ov511.[ch]
-Why: obsolete v4l1 driver replaced by gspca_ov519
-Who: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
-
-----------------------------
-
-What: w9968cf v4l1 driver
-When: 2.6.35
-Files: drivers/media/video/w9968cf*.[ch]
-Why: obsolete v4l1 driver replaced by gspca_ov519
-Who: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
-
-----------------------------
-
-What: ovcamchip sensor framework
-When: 2.6.35
-Files: drivers/media/video/ovcamchip/*
-Why: Only used by obsoleted v4l1 drivers
-Who: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
-
-----------------------------
-
-What: stv680 v4l1 driver
-When: 2.6.35
-Files: drivers/media/video/stv680.[ch]
-Why: obsolete v4l1 driver replaced by gspca_stv0680
-Who: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
-
-----------------------------
-
-What: zc0301 v4l driver
-When: 2.6.35
-Files: drivers/media/video/zc0301/*
-Why: Duplicate functionality with the gspca_zc3xx driver, zc0301 only
- supports 2 USB-ID's (because it only supports a limited set of
- sensors) wich are also supported by the gspca_zc3xx driver
- (which supports 53 USB-ID's in total)
-Who: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
-
-----------------------------
-
What: sysfs-class-rfkill state file
When: Feb 2014
Files: net/rfkill/core.c
@@ -538,37 +445,6 @@ Who: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@web.de>
----------------------------
-What: KVM memory aliases support
-When: July 2010
-Why: Memory aliasing support is used for speeding up guest vga access
- through the vga windows.
-
- Modern userspace no longer uses this feature, so it's just bitrotted
- code and can be removed with no impact.
-Who: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
-
-----------------------------
-
-What: xtime, wall_to_monotonic
-When: 2.6.36+
-Files: kernel/time/timekeeping.c include/linux/time.h
-Why: Cleaning up timekeeping internal values. Please use
- existing timekeeping accessor functions to access
- the equivalent functionality.
-Who: John Stultz <johnstul@us.ibm.com>
-
-----------------------------
-
-What: KVM kernel-allocated memory slots
-When: July 2010
-Why: Since 2.6.25, kvm supports user-allocated memory slots, which are
- much more flexible than kernel-allocated slots. All current userspace
- supports the newer interface and this code can be removed with no
- impact.
-Who: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
-
-----------------------------
-
What: KVM paravirt mmu host support
When: January 2011
Why: The paravirt mmu host support is slower than non-paravirt mmu, both
@@ -647,3 +523,10 @@ Who: Stefan Richter <stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de>
----------------------------
+What: The acpi_sleep=s4_nonvs command line option
+When: 2.6.37
+Files: arch/x86/kernel/acpi/sleep.c
+Why: superseded by acpi_sleep=nonvs
+Who: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+
+----------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt
index c0236e7..f9765e8 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ OPTIONS
RESOURCES
=========
-Our current recommendation is to use Inferno (http://www.vitanuova.com/inferno)
+Our current recommendation is to use Inferno (http://www.vitanuova.com/nferno/index.html)
as the 9p server. You can start a 9p server under Inferno by issuing the
following command:
; styxlisten -A tcp!*!564 export '#U*'
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/affs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/affs.txt
index 2d152446..81ac488 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/affs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/affs.txt
@@ -216,4 +216,4 @@ due to an incompatibility with the Amiga floppy controller.
If you are interested in an Amiga Emulator for Linux, look at
-http://www.freiburg.linux.de/~uae/
+http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.freiburg.linux.de/~uae/
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/befs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/befs.txt
index 67391a1..6e49c36 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/befs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/befs.txt
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Current maintainer: Sergey S. Kostyliov <rathamahata@php4.ru>
WHAT IS THIS DRIVER?
==================
-This module implements the native filesystem of BeOS <http://www.be.com/>
+This module implements the native filesystem of BeOS http://www.beincorporated.com/
for the linux 2.4.1 and later kernels. Currently it is a read-only
implementation.
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ step 2. Configuration & make kernel
The linux kernel has many compile-time options. Most of them are beyond the
scope of this document. I suggest the Kernel-HOWTO document as a good general
-reference on this topic. <http://www.linux.com/howto/Kernel-HOWTO.html>
+reference on this topic. http://www.linuxdocs.org/HOWTOs/Kernel-HOWTO-4.html
However, to use the BeFS module, you must enable it at configure time.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/isofs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/isofs.txt
index 3c367c3..ba0a933 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/isofs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/isofs.txt
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Mount options unique to the isofs filesystem.
sbsector=xxx Session begins from sector xxx
Recommended documents about ISO 9660 standard are located at:
-http://www.y-adagio.com/public/standards/iso_cdromr/tocont.htm
+http://www.y-adagio.com/
ftp://ftp.ecma.ch/ecma-st/Ecma-119.pdf
Quoting from the PDF "This 2nd Edition of Standard ECMA-119 is technically
identical with ISO 9660.", so it is a valid and gratis substitute of the
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt
index 3ba0b94..f2430a7 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt
@@ -124,6 +124,8 @@ ip=<client-ip>:<server-ip>:<gw-ip>:<netmask>:<hostname>:<device>:<autoconf>
<hostname> Name of the client. May be supplied by autoconfiguration,
but its absence will not trigger autoconfiguration.
+ If specified and DHCP is used, the user provided hostname will
+ be carried in the DHCP request to hopefully update DNS record.
Default: Client IP address is used in ASCII notation.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
index 9fb6cbe..8fe8895 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
@@ -73,9 +73,9 @@ contact Bodo Bauer at bb@ricochet.net. We'll be happy to add them to this
document.
The latest version of this document is available online at
-http://skaro.nightcrawler.com/~bb/Docs/Proc as HTML version.
+http://tldp.org/LDP/Linux-Filesystem-Hierarchy/html/proc.html
-If the above direction does not works for you, ypu could try the kernel
+If the above direction does not works for you, you could try the kernel
mailing list at linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org and/or try to reach me at
comandante@zaralinux.com.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs-pci.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs-pci.txt
index 85354b3..74eaac2 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs-pci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs-pci.txt
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ files, each with their own function.
local_cpus nearby CPU mask (cpumask, ro)
remove remove device from kernel's list (ascii, wo)
resource PCI resource host addresses (ascii, ro)
- resource0..N PCI resource N, if present (binary, mmap)
+ resource0..N PCI resource N, if present (binary, mmap, rw[1])
resource0_wc..N_wc PCI WC map resource N, if prefetchable (binary, mmap)
rom PCI ROM resource, if present (binary, ro)
subsystem_device PCI subsystem device (ascii, ro)
@@ -54,13 +54,16 @@ files, each with their own function.
binary - file contains binary data
cpumask - file contains a cpumask type
+[1] rw for RESOURCE_IO (I/O port) regions only
+
The read only files are informational, writes to them will be ignored, with
the exception of the 'rom' file. Writable files can be used to perform
actions on the device (e.g. changing config space, detaching a device).
mmapable files are available via an mmap of the file at offset 0 and can be
used to do actual device programming from userspace. Note that some platforms
don't support mmapping of certain resources, so be sure to check the return
-value from any attempted mmap.
+value from any attempted mmap. The most notable of these are I/O port
+resources, which also provide read/write access.
The 'enable' file provides a counter that indicates how many times the device
has been enabled. If the 'enable' file currently returns '4', and a '1' is
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
index 931c806..5d1335fae 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ sysfs - _The_ filesystem for exporting kernel objects.
Patrick Mochel <mochel@osdl.org>
Mike Murphy <mamurph@cs.clemson.edu>
-Revised: 22 February 2009
+Revised: 15 July 2010
Original: 10 January 2003
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ show and store methods of the attribute owners.
struct sysfs_ops {
ssize_t (*show)(struct kobject *, struct attribute *, char *);
- ssize_t (*store)(struct kobject *, struct attribute *, const char *);
+ ssize_t (*store)(struct kobject *, struct attribute *, const char *, size_t);
};
[ Subsystems should have already defined a struct kobj_type as a
@@ -139,18 +139,22 @@ calls the associated methods.
To illustrate:
+#define to_dev(obj) container_of(obj, struct device, kobj)
#define to_dev_attr(_attr) container_of(_attr, struct device_attribute, attr)
-#define to_dev(d) container_of(d, struct device, kobj)
-static ssize_t
-dev_attr_show(struct kobject * kobj, struct attribute * attr, char * buf)
+static ssize_t dev_attr_show(struct kobject *kobj, struct attribute *attr,
+ char *buf)
{
- struct device_attribute * dev_attr = to_dev_attr(attr);
- struct device * dev = to_dev(kobj);
- ssize_t ret = 0;
+ struct device_attribute *dev_attr = to_dev_attr(attr);
+ struct device *dev = to_dev(kobj);
+ ssize_t ret = -EIO;
if (dev_attr->show)
- ret = dev_attr->show(dev, buf);
+ ret = dev_attr->show(dev, dev_attr, buf);
+ if (ret >= (ssize_t)PAGE_SIZE) {
+ print_symbol("dev_attr_show: %s returned bad count\n",
+ (unsigned long)dev_attr->show);
+ }
return ret;
}
@@ -163,10 +167,9 @@ To read or write attributes, show() or store() methods must be
specified when declaring the attribute. The method types should be as
simple as those defined for device attributes:
-ssize_t (*show)(struct device * dev, struct device_attribute * attr,
- char * buf);
-ssize_t (*store)(struct device * dev, struct device_attribute * attr,
- const char * buf);
+ssize_t (*show)(struct device *dev, struct device_attribute *attr, char *buf);
+ssize_t (*store)(struct device *dev, struct device_attribute *attr,
+ const char *buf, size_t count);
IOW, they should take only an object, an attribute, and a buffer as parameters.
@@ -209,8 +212,8 @@ Other notes:
- show() should always use snprintf().
-- store() should return the number of bytes used from the buffer. This
- can be done using strlen().
+- store() should return the number of bytes used from the buffer. If the
+ entire buffer has been used, just return the count argument.
- show() or store() can always return errors. If a bad value comes
through, be sure to return an error.
@@ -223,15 +226,18 @@ Other notes:
A very simple (and naive) implementation of a device attribute is:
-static ssize_t show_name(struct device *dev, struct device_attribute *attr, char *buf)
+static ssize_t show_name(struct device *dev, struct device_attribute *attr,
+ char *buf)
{
return snprintf(buf, PAGE_SIZE, "%s\n", dev->name);
}
-static ssize_t store_name(struct device * dev, const char * buf)
+static ssize_t store_name(struct device *dev, struct device_attribute *attr,
+ const char *buf, size_t count)
{
- sscanf(buf, "%20s", dev->name);
- return strnlen(buf, PAGE_SIZE);
+ snprintf(dev->name, sizeof(dev->name), "%.*s",
+ (int)min(count, sizeof(dev->name) - 1), buf);
+ return count;
}
static DEVICE_ATTR(name, S_IRUGO, show_name, store_name);
@@ -327,7 +333,7 @@ Structure:
struct bus_attribute {
struct attribute attr;
ssize_t (*show)(struct bus_type *, char * buf);
- ssize_t (*store)(struct bus_type *, const char * buf);
+ ssize_t (*store)(struct bus_type *, const char * buf, size_t count);
};
Declaring:
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt
index eed520f..ead764b 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt
@@ -165,7 +165,8 @@ TEST SUITE
If you plan to make any modifications to the vfat filesystem, please
get the test suite that comes with the vfat distribution at
- http://bmrc.berkeley.edu/people/chaffee/vfat.html
+ http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://bmrc.berkeley.edu/
+ people/chaffee/vfat.html
This tests quite a few parts of the vfat filesystem and additional
tests for new features or untested features would be appreciated.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt
index 9878f50..7bff3e4 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt
@@ -131,17 +131,6 @@ When mounting an XFS filesystem, the following options are accepted.
Don't check for double mounted file systems using the file system uuid.
This is useful to mount LVM snapshot volumes.
- osyncisosync
- Make O_SYNC writes implement true O_SYNC. WITHOUT this option,
- Linux XFS behaves as if an "osyncisdsync" option is used,
- which will make writes to files opened with the O_SYNC flag set
- behave as if the O_DSYNC flag had been used instead.
- This can result in better performance without compromising
- data safety.
- However if this option is not in effect, timestamp updates from
- O_SYNC writes can be lost if the system crashes.
- If timestamp updates are critical, use the osyncisosync option.
-
uquota/usrquota/uqnoenforce/quota
User disk quota accounting enabled, and limits (optionally)
enforced. Refer to xfs_quota(8) for further details.
diff --git a/Documentation/firmware_class/hotplug-script b/Documentation/firmware_class/hotplug-script
index 1990130..8143a95 100644
--- a/Documentation/firmware_class/hotplug-script
+++ b/Documentation/firmware_class/hotplug-script
@@ -6,11 +6,12 @@
HOTPLUG_FW_DIR=/usr/lib/hotplug/firmware/
-echo 1 > /sys/$DEVPATH/loading
-cat $HOTPLUG_FW_DIR/$FIRMWARE > /sys/$DEVPATH/data
-echo 0 > /sys/$DEVPATH/loading
-
-# To cancel the load in case of error:
-#
-# echo -1 > /sys/$DEVPATH/loading
-#
+if [ "$SUBSYSTEM" == "firmware" -a "$ACTION" == "add" ]; then
+ if [ -f $HOTPLUG_FW_DIR/$FIRMWARE ]; then
+ echo 1 > /sys/$DEVPATH/loading
+ cat $HOTPLUG_FW_DIR/$FIRMWARE > /sys/$DEVPATH/data
+ echo 0 > /sys/$DEVPATH/loading
+ else
+ echo -1 > /sys/$DEVPATH/loading
+ fi
+fi
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1026 b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1026
index f4327db..d8fabe0 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1026
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1026
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Supported chips:
Prefix: 'adm1026'
Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
- http://www.analog.com/en/prod/0,,766_825_ADM1026,00.html
+ http://www.onsemi.com/PowerSolutions/product.do?id=ADM1026
Authors:
Philip Pokorny <ppokorny@penguincomputing.com> for Penguin Computing
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/g760a b/Documentation/hwmon/g760a
index e032eeb..cfc8945 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/g760a
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/g760a
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Supported chips:
* Global Mixed-mode Technology Inc. G760A
Prefix: 'g760a'
Datasheet: Publicly available at the GMT website
- http://www.gmt.com.tw/datasheet/g760a.pdf
+ http://www.gmt.com.tw/product/datasheet/EDS-760A.pdf
Author: Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm b/Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm
index 229f8b7..26f9f3c 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm
@@ -5,11 +5,10 @@ Supported chips:
* Genesys Logic GL518SM release 0x00
Prefix: 'gl518sm'
Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c and 0x2d
- Datasheet: http://www.genesyslogic.com/pdf
* Genesys Logic GL518SM release 0x80
Prefix: 'gl518sm'
Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c and 0x2d
- Datasheet: http://www.genesyslogic.com/pdf
+ Datasheet: http://www.genesyslogic.com/
Authors:
Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>,
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/hpfall.c b/Documentation/hwmon/hpfall.c
index 681ec22..a4a8fc5 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/hpfall.c
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/hpfall.c
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/* Disk protection for HP machines.
*
* Copyright 2008 Eric Piel
- * Copyright 2009 Pavel Machek <pavel@suse.cz>
+ * Copyright 2009 Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
*
* GPLv2.
*/
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/k8temp b/Documentation/hwmon/k8temp
index 0005c71..716dc24 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/k8temp
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/k8temp
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Supported chips:
* AMD Athlon64/FX or Opteron CPUs
Prefix: 'k8temp'
Addresses scanned: PCI space
- Datasheet: http://www.amd.com/us-en/assets/content_type/white_papers_and_tech_docs/32559.pdf
+ Datasheet: http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/32559.pdf
Author: Rudolf Marek
Contact: Rudolf Marek <r.marek@assembler.cz>
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm85 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm85
index a76aefe..b98e0e0 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm85
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm85
@@ -9,15 +9,15 @@ Supported chips:
* Analog Devices ADM1027
Prefix: 'adm1027'
Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
- Datasheet: http://www.analog.com/en/prod/0,,766_825_ADM1027,00.html
+ Datasheet: http://www.onsemi.com/PowerSolutions/product.do?id=ADM1027
* Analog Devices ADT7463
Prefix: 'adt7463'
Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
- Datasheet: http://www.analog.com/en/prod/0,,766_825_ADT7463,00.html
+ Datasheet: http://www.onsemi.com/PowerSolutions/product.do?id=ADT7463
* SMSC EMC6D100, SMSC EMC6D101
Prefix: 'emc6d100'
Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
- Datasheet: http://www.smsc.com/main/tools/discontinued/6d100.pdf
+ Datasheet: http://www.smsc.com/media/Downloads_Public/discontinued/6d100.pdf
* SMSC EMC6D102
Prefix: 'emc6d102'
Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/pkgtemp b/Documentation/hwmon/pkgtemp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8e1fb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/pkgtemp
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+Kernel driver pkgtemp
+======================
+
+Supported chips:
+ * Intel family
+ Prefix: 'pkgtemp'
+ CPUID:
+ Datasheet: Intel 64 and IA-32 Architectures Software Developer's Manual
+ Volume 3A: System Programming Guide
+
+Author: Fenghua Yu
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver permits reading package level temperature sensor embedded inside
+Intel CPU package. The sensors can be in core, uncore, memory controller, or
+other components in a package. The feature is first implemented in Intel Sandy
+Bridge platform.
+
+Temperature is measured in degrees Celsius and measurement resolution is
+1 degree C. Valid temperatures are from 0 to TjMax degrees C, because the actual
+value of temperature register is in fact a delta from TjMax.
+
+Temperature known as TjMax is the maximum junction temperature of package.
+We get this from MSR_IA32_TEMPERATURE_TARGET. If the MSR is not accessible,
+we define TjMax as 100 degrees Celsius. At this temperature, protection
+mechanism will perform actions to forcibly cool down the package. Alarm
+may be raised, if the temperature grows enough (more than TjMax) to trigger
+the Out-Of-Spec bit. Following table summarizes the exported sysfs files:
+
+temp1_input - Package temperature (in millidegrees Celsius).
+temp1_max - All cooling devices should be turned on.
+temp1_crit - Maximum junction temperature (in millidegrees Celsius).
+temp1_crit_alarm - Set when Out-of-spec bit is set, never clears.
+ Correct CPU operation is no longer guaranteed.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/smsc47m1 b/Documentation/hwmon/smsc47m1
index 42c8431..2a13378 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/smsc47m1
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/smsc47m1
@@ -7,13 +7,10 @@ Supported chips:
Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
Prefix: 'smsc47m1'
Datasheets:
- http://www.smsc.com/main/datasheets/47b27x.pdf
- http://www.smsc.com/main/datasheets/47m10x.pdf
- http://www.smsc.com/main/datasheets/47m112.pdf
- http://www.smsc.com/main/tools/discontinued/47m13x.pdf
- http://www.smsc.com/main/datasheets/47m14x.pdf
- http://www.smsc.com/main/tools/discontinued/47m15x.pdf
- http://www.smsc.com/main/datasheets/47m192.pdf
+ http://www.smsc.com/media/Downloads_Public/Data_Sheets/47b272.pdf
+ http://www.smsc.com/media/Downloads_Public/Data_Sheets/47m10x.pdf
+ http://www.smsc.com/media/Downloads_Public/Data_Sheets/47m112.pdf
+ http://www.smsc.com/
* SMSC LPC47M292
Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
Prefix: 'smsc47m2'
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/thmc50 b/Documentation/hwmon/thmc50
index 9639ca9..8a7772a 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/thmc50
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/thmc50
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Supported chips:
* Texas Instruments THMC50
Prefix: 'thmc50'
Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c - 0x2e
- Datasheet: http://focus.ti.com/docs/prod/folders/print/thmc50.html
+ Datasheet: http://www.ti.com/
Author: Krzysztof Helt <krzysztof.h1@wp.pl>
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/via686a b/Documentation/hwmon/via686a
index d651b25..e5f90ab 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/via686a
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/via686a
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Supported chips:
* Via VT82C686A, VT82C686B Southbridge Integrated Hardware Monitor
Prefix: 'via686a'
Addresses scanned: ISA in PCI-space encoded address
- Datasheet: On request through web form (http://www.via.com.tw/en/support/datasheets/)
+ Datasheet: On request through web form (http://www.via.com.tw/en/resources/download-center/)
Authors:
Kyösti Mälkki <kmalkki@cc.hut.fi>,
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/w83627hf b/Documentation/hwmon/w83627hf
index 44dd2bc..fb145e5 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/w83627hf
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/w83627hf
@@ -5,23 +5,19 @@ Supported chips:
* Winbond W83627HF (ISA accesses ONLY)
Prefix: 'w83627hf'
Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers
- Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com/PDF/sheet/w83627hf.pdf
* Winbond W83627THF
Prefix: 'w83627thf'
Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers
- Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com/PDF/sheet/w83627thf.pdf
* Winbond W83697HF
Prefix: 'w83697hf'
Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers
- Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com/PDF/sheet/697hf.pdf
* Winbond W83637HF
Prefix: 'w83637hf'
Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers
- Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com/PDF/sheet/w83637hf.pdf
* Winbond W83687THF
Prefix: 'w83687thf'
Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers
- Datasheet: Provided by Winbond on request
+ Datasheet: Provided by Winbond on request(http://www.winbond.com/hq/enu)
Authors:
Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>,
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/w83781d b/Documentation/hwmon/w83781d
index c91e0b6..ecbc1e4 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/w83781d
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/w83781d
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Supported chips:
* Winbond W83782D
Prefix: 'w83782d'
Addresses scanned: I2C 0x28 - 0x2f, ISA 0x290 (8 I/O ports)
- Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com/PDF/sheet/w83782d.pdf
+ Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com
* Winbond W83783S
Prefix: 'w83783s'
Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2d
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/w83792d b/Documentation/hwmon/w83792d
index 14a668e..8a023ce 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/w83792d
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/w83792d
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Supported chips:
* Winbond W83792D
Prefix: 'w83792d'
Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c - 0x2f
- Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com.tw/E-WINBONDHTM/partner/PDFresult.asp?Pname=1035
+ Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com.tw
Author: Chunhao Huang
Contact: DZShen <DZShen@Winbond.com.tw>
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali1535 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali1535
index acbc65a..5d46342 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali1535
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali1535
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Kernel driver i2c-ali1535
Supported adapters:
* Acer Labs, Inc. ALI 1535 (south bridge)
Datasheet: Now under NDA
- http://www.ali.com.tw/eng/support/datasheet_request.php
+ http://www.ali.com.tw/
Authors:
Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>,
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali1563 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali1563
index 5469169..41b1a07 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali1563
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali1563
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Kernel driver i2c-ali1563
Supported adapters:
* Acer Labs, Inc. ALI 1563 (south bridge)
Datasheet: Now under NDA
- http://www.ali.com.tw/eng/support/datasheet_request.php
+ http://www.ali.com.tw/
Author: Patrick Mochel <mochel@digitalimplant.org>
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali15x3 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali15x3
index 600da90..42888d8 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali15x3
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali15x3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Kernel driver i2c-ali15x3
Supported adapters:
* Acer Labs, Inc. ALI 1533 and 1543C (south bridge)
Datasheet: Now under NDA
- http://www.ali.com.tw/eng/support/datasheet_request.php
+ http://www.ali.com.tw/
Authors:
Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>,
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-piix4 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-piix4
index ac540c7..475bb4a 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-piix4
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-piix4
@@ -97,4 +97,4 @@ of all affected systems, so the only safe solution was to prevent access to
the SMBus on all IBM systems (detected using DMI data.)
For additional information, read:
-http://www.lm-sensors.org/browser/lm-sensors/trunk/README.thinkpad
+http://www.lm-sensors.org/browser/lm-sensors/trunk/README
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis630 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis630
index 629ea2c3..0b96973 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis630
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis630
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Kernel driver i2c-sis630
Supported adapters:
* Silicon Integrated Systems Corp (SiS)
- 630 chipset (Datasheet: available at http://amalysh.bei.t-online.de/docs/SIS/)
+ 630 chipset (Datasheet: available at http://www.sfr-fresh.com/linux)
730 chipset
* Possible other SiS chipsets ?
diff --git a/Documentation/ia64/aliasing.txt b/Documentation/ia64/aliasing.txt
index aa3e953..5a4dea6 100644
--- a/Documentation/ia64/aliasing.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ia64/aliasing.txt
@@ -168,8 +168,6 @@ PAST PROBLEM CASES
mmap of 0x0-0x9FFFF /dev/mem by "hwinfo" on HP sx1000 with VGA enabled
- See https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=140858.
-
The EFI memory map reports the following attributes:
0x00000-0x9FFFF WB only
0xA0000-0xBFFFF UC only (VGA frame buffer)
diff --git a/Documentation/ia64/serial.txt b/Documentation/ia64/serial.txt
index 040b977..6869c73 100644
--- a/Documentation/ia64/serial.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ia64/serial.txt
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ TROUBLESHOOTING SERIAL CONSOLE PROBLEMS
-[1] http://www.dig64.org/specifications/DIG64_PCDPv20.pdf
+[1] http://www.dig64.org/specifications/agreement
The table was originally defined as the "HCDP" for "Headless
Console/Debug Port." The current version is the "PCDP" for
"Primary Console and Debug Port Devices."
diff --git a/Documentation/infiniband/user_verbs.txt b/Documentation/infiniband/user_verbs.txt
index afe3f8d..e5092d6 100644
--- a/Documentation/infiniband/user_verbs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/infiniband/user_verbs.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ USERSPACE VERBS ACCESS
described in chapter 11 of the InfiniBand Architecture Specification.
To use the verbs, the libibverbs library, available from
- <http://openib.org/>, is required. libibverbs contains a
+ http://www.openfabrics.org/, is required. libibverbs contains a
device-independent API for using the ib_uverbs interface.
libibverbs also requires appropriate device-dependent kernel and
userspace driver for your InfiniBand hardware. For example, to use
diff --git a/Documentation/input/appletouch.txt b/Documentation/input/appletouch.txt
index 4f7c633..b13de3f 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/appletouch.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/appletouch.txt
@@ -82,4 +82,4 @@ Links:
------
[1]: http://johannes.sipsolutions.net/PowerBook/touchpad/
-[2]: http://web.telia.com/~u89404340/touchpad/index.html
+[2]: http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://web.telia.com/~u89404340/touchpad/index.html
diff --git a/Documentation/input/bcm5974.txt b/Documentation/input/bcm5974.txt
index 5e22dcf..74d3876 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/bcm5974.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/bcm5974.txt
@@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ Links
-----
[1] http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=840040
-[2] http://http://bitmath.org/code/
+[2] http://bitmath.org/code/
diff --git a/Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.txt b/Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.txt
index 3ac9241..2d5fbfd 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.txt
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Check www.immerse.com for Immersion Studio, and www.fcoder.com for ComPortSpy.
** Author of this document **
Johann Deneux <johann.deneux@gmail.com>
-Home page at http://www.esil.univ-mrs.fr/~jdeneux/projects/ff/
+Home page at http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.esil.univ-mrs.fr
Additions by Vojtech Pavlik.
diff --git a/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt b/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt
index c0fc1c7..bdcba154 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt
@@ -6,31 +6,149 @@ Multi-touch (MT) Protocol
Introduction
------------
-In order to utilize the full power of the new multi-touch devices, a way to
-report detailed finger data to user space is needed. This document
-describes the multi-touch (MT) protocol which allows kernel drivers to
-report details for an arbitrary number of fingers.
+In order to utilize the full power of the new multi-touch and multi-user
+devices, a way to report detailed data from multiple contacts, i.e.,
+objects in direct contact with the device surface, is needed. This
+document describes the multi-touch (MT) protocol which allows kernel
+drivers to report details for an arbitrary number of contacts.
+
+The protocol is divided into two types, depending on the capabilities of the
+hardware. For devices handling anonymous contacts (type A), the protocol
+describes how to send the raw data for all contacts to the receiver. For
+devices capable of tracking identifiable contacts (type B), the protocol
+describes how to send updates for individual contacts via event slots.
+
+
+Protocol Usage
+--------------
+
+Contact details are sent sequentially as separate packets of ABS_MT
+events. Only the ABS_MT events are recognized as part of a contact
+packet. Since these events are ignored by current single-touch (ST)
+applications, the MT protocol can be implemented on top of the ST protocol
+in an existing driver.
+
+Drivers for type A devices separate contact packets by calling
+input_mt_sync() at the end of each packet. This generates a SYN_MT_REPORT
+event, which instructs the receiver to accept the data for the current
+contact and prepare to receive another.
+
+Drivers for type B devices separate contact packets by calling
+input_mt_slot(), with a slot as argument, at the beginning of each packet.
+This generates an ABS_MT_SLOT event, which instructs the receiver to
+prepare for updates of the given slot.
+
+All drivers mark the end of a multi-touch transfer by calling the usual
+input_sync() function. This instructs the receiver to act upon events
+accumulated since last EV_SYN/SYN_REPORT and prepare to receive a new set
+of events/packets.
+
+The main difference between the stateless type A protocol and the stateful
+type B slot protocol lies in the usage of identifiable contacts to reduce
+the amount of data sent to userspace. The slot protocol requires the use of
+the ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID, either provided by the hardware or computed from
+the raw data [5].
+
+For type A devices, the kernel driver should generate an arbitrary
+enumeration of the full set of anonymous contacts currently on the
+surface. The order in which the packets appear in the event stream is not
+important. Event filtering and finger tracking is left to user space [3].
+
+For type B devices, the kernel driver should associate a slot with each
+identified contact, and use that slot to propagate changes for the contact.
+Creation, replacement and destruction of contacts is achieved by modifying
+the ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID of the associated slot. A non-negative tracking id
+is interpreted as a contact, and the value -1 denotes an unused slot. A
+tracking id not previously present is considered new, and a tracking id no
+longer present is considered removed. Since only changes are propagated,
+the full state of each initiated contact has to reside in the receiving
+end. Upon receiving an MT event, one simply updates the appropriate
+attribute of the current slot.
+
+
+Protocol Example A
+------------------
+
+Here is what a minimal event sequence for a two-contact touch would look
+like for a type A device:
+
+ ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[0]
+ ABS_MT_POSITION_Y y[0]
+ SYN_MT_REPORT
+ ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[1]
+ ABS_MT_POSITION_Y y[1]
+ SYN_MT_REPORT
+ SYN_REPORT
+The sequence after moving one of the contacts looks exactly the same; the
+raw data for all present contacts are sent between every synchronization
+with SYN_REPORT.
-Usage
------
+Here is the sequence after lifting the first contact:
+
+ ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[1]
+ ABS_MT_POSITION_Y y[1]
+ SYN_MT_REPORT
+ SYN_REPORT
+
+And here is the sequence after lifting the second contact:
+
+ SYN_MT_REPORT
+ SYN_REPORT
+
+If the driver reports one of BTN_TOUCH or ABS_PRESSURE in addition to the
+ABS_MT events, the last SYN_MT_REPORT event may be omitted. Otherwise, the
+last SYN_REPORT will be dropped by the input core, resulting in no
+zero-contact event reaching userland.
-Anonymous finger details are sent sequentially as separate packets of ABS
-events. Only the ABS_MT events are recognized as part of a finger
-packet. The end of a packet is marked by calling the input_mt_sync()
-function, which generates a SYN_MT_REPORT event. This instructs the
-receiver to accept the data for the current finger and prepare to receive
-another. The end of a multi-touch transfer is marked by calling the usual
-input_sync() function. This instructs the receiver to act upon events
-accumulated since last EV_SYN/SYN_REPORT and prepare to receive a new
-set of events/packets.
+
+Protocol Example B
+------------------
+
+Here is what a minimal event sequence for a two-contact touch would look
+like for a type B device:
+
+ ABS_MT_SLOT 0
+ ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID 45
+ ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[0]
+ ABS_MT_POSITION_Y y[0]
+ ABS_MT_SLOT 1
+ ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID 46
+ ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[1]
+ ABS_MT_POSITION_Y y[1]
+ SYN_REPORT
+
+Here is the sequence after moving contact 45 in the x direction:
+
+ ABS_MT_SLOT 0
+ ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[0]
+ SYN_REPORT
+
+Here is the sequence after lifting the contact in slot 0:
+
+ ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID -1
+ SYN_REPORT
+
+The slot being modified is already 0, so the ABS_MT_SLOT is omitted. The
+message removes the association of slot 0 with contact 45, thereby
+destroying contact 45 and freeing slot 0 to be reused for another contact.
+
+Finally, here is the sequence after lifting the second contact:
+
+ ABS_MT_SLOT 1
+ ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID -1
+ SYN_REPORT
+
+
+Event Usage
+-----------
A set of ABS_MT events with the desired properties is defined. The events
are divided into categories, to allow for partial implementation. The
minimum set consists of ABS_MT_POSITION_X and ABS_MT_POSITION_Y, which
-allows for multiple fingers to be tracked. If the device supports it, the
+allows for multiple contacts to be tracked. If the device supports it, the
ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR and ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR may be used to provide the size
-of the contact area and approaching finger, respectively.
+of the contact area and approaching contact, respectively.
The TOUCH and WIDTH parameters have a geometrical interpretation; imagine
looking through a window at someone gently holding a finger against the
@@ -41,56 +159,26 @@ ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR, the diameter of the outer region is
ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR. Now imagine the person pressing the finger harder
against the glass. The inner region will increase, and in general, the
ratio ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR / ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR, which is always smaller than
-unity, is related to the finger pressure. For pressure-based devices,
+unity, is related to the contact pressure. For pressure-based devices,
ABS_MT_PRESSURE may be used to provide the pressure on the contact area
instead.
-In addition to the MAJOR parameters, the oval shape of the finger can be
+In addition to the MAJOR parameters, the oval shape of the contact can be
described by adding the MINOR parameters, such that MAJOR and MINOR are the
major and minor axis of an ellipse. Finally, the orientation of the oval
shape can be describe with the ORIENTATION parameter.
The ABS_MT_TOOL_TYPE may be used to specify whether the touching tool is a
-finger or a pen or something else. Devices with more granular information
+contact or a pen or something else. Devices with more granular information
may specify general shapes as blobs, i.e., as a sequence of rectangular
shapes grouped together by an ABS_MT_BLOB_ID. Finally, for the few devices
that currently support it, the ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID event may be used to
-report finger tracking from hardware [5].
+report contact tracking from hardware [5].
-Here is what a minimal event sequence for a two-finger touch would look
-like:
-
- ABS_MT_POSITION_X
- ABS_MT_POSITION_Y
- SYN_MT_REPORT
- ABS_MT_POSITION_X
- ABS_MT_POSITION_Y
- SYN_MT_REPORT
- SYN_REPORT
-
-Here is the sequence after lifting one of the fingers:
-
- ABS_MT_POSITION_X
- ABS_MT_POSITION_Y
- SYN_MT_REPORT
- SYN_REPORT
-
-And here is the sequence after lifting the remaining finger:
-
- SYN_MT_REPORT
- SYN_REPORT
-
-If the driver reports one of BTN_TOUCH or ABS_PRESSURE in addition to the
-ABS_MT events, the last SYN_MT_REPORT event may be omitted. Otherwise, the
-last SYN_REPORT will be dropped by the input core, resulting in no
-zero-finger event reaching userland.
Event Semantics
---------------
-The word "contact" is used to describe a tool which is in direct contact
-with the surface. A finger, a pen or a rubber all classify as contacts.
-
ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR
The length of the major axis of the contact. The length should be given in
@@ -157,15 +245,16 @@ MT_TOOL_PEN [2].
ABS_MT_BLOB_ID
The BLOB_ID groups several packets together into one arbitrarily shaped
-contact. This is a low-level anonymous grouping, and should not be confused
-with the high-level trackingID [5]. Most kernel drivers will not have blob
-capability, and can safely omit the event.
+contact. This is a low-level anonymous grouping for type A devices, and
+should not be confused with the high-level trackingID [5]. Most type A
+devices do not have blob capability, so drivers can safely omit this event.
ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID
The TRACKING_ID identifies an initiated contact throughout its life cycle
-[5]. There are currently only a few devices that support it, so this event
-should normally be omitted.
+[5]. This event is mandatory for type B devices. The value range of the
+TRACKING_ID should be large enough to ensure unique identification of a
+contact maintained over an extended period of time.
Event Computation
@@ -192,20 +281,11 @@ finger along the X axis (1).
Finger Tracking
---------------
-The kernel driver should generate an arbitrary enumeration of the set of
-anonymous contacts currently on the surface. The order in which the packets
-appear in the event stream is not important.
-
The process of finger tracking, i.e., to assign a unique trackingID to each
-initiated contact on the surface, is left to user space; preferably the
-multi-touch X driver [3]. In that driver, the trackingID stays the same and
-unique until the contact vanishes (when the finger leaves the surface). The
-problem of assigning a set of anonymous fingers to a set of identified
-fingers is a euclidian bipartite matching problem at each event update, and
-relies on a sufficiently rapid update rate.
-
-There are a few devices that support trackingID in hardware. User space can
-make use of these native identifiers to reduce bandwidth and cpu usage.
+initiated contact on the surface, is a Euclidian Bipartite Matching
+problem. At each event synchronization, the set of actual contacts is
+matched to the set of contacts from the previous synchronization. A full
+implementation can be found in [3].
Gestures
diff --git a/Documentation/input/sentelic.txt b/Documentation/input/sentelic.txt
index b35affd..b2ef125 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/sentelic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/sentelic.txt
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ Byte 5~8: Don't care (Absolute packet)
FSP supports basic PS/2 commanding set and modes, refer to following URL for
details about PS/2 commands:
-http://www.computer-engineering.org/index.php?title=PS/2_Mouse_Interface
+http://www.computer-engineering.org/ps2mouse/
==============================================================================
* Programming Sequence for Determining Packet Parsing Flow
diff --git a/Documentation/input/xpad.txt b/Documentation/input/xpad.txt
index aae0d40..7cc9a43 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/xpad.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/xpad.txt
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ the basic functionality.
1. http://euc.jp/periphs/xbox-controller.ja.html (ITO Takayuki)
2. http://xpad.xbox-scene.com/
-3. http://www.xboxhackz.com/Hackz-Reference.htm
+3. http://www.markosweb.com/www/xboxhackz.com/
4. /proc/bus/usb/devices - dump from InterAct PowerPad Pro (Germany):
diff --git a/Documentation/intel_txt.txt b/Documentation/intel_txt.txt
index 5dc59b0..849de1a 100644
--- a/Documentation/intel_txt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/intel_txt.txt
@@ -25,20 +25,18 @@ which has been updated for the new released platforms.
Intel TXT has been presented at various events over the past few
years, some of which are:
LinuxTAG 2008:
- http://www.linuxtag.org/2008/en/conf/events/vp-donnerstag/
- details.html?talkid=110
+ http://www.linuxtag.org/2008/en/conf/events/vp-donnerstag.html
TRUST2008:
- http://www.trust2008.eu/downloads/Keynote-Speakers/
+ http://www.trust-conference.eu/downloads/Keynote-Speakers/
3_David-Grawrock_The-Front-Door-of-Trusted-Computing.pdf
- IDF 2008, Shanghai:
- http://inteldeveloperforum.com.edgesuite.net/shanghai_2008/
- aep/PROS003/index.html
+ IDF, Shanghai:
+ http://www.prcidf.com.cn/index_en.html
IDFs 2006, 2007 (I'm not sure if/where they are online)
Trusted Boot Project Overview:
=============================
-Trusted Boot (tboot) is an open source, pre- kernel/VMM module that
+Trusted Boot (tboot) is an open source, pre-kernel/VMM module that
uses Intel TXT to perform a measured and verified launch of an OS
kernel/VMM.
diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
index dd5806f..2ec3d7d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments
0x10 00-0F drivers/char/s390/vmcp.h
0x12 all linux/fs.h
linux/blkpg.h
-0x1b all InfiniBand Subsystem <http://www.openib.org/>
+0x1b all InfiniBand Subsystem <http://infiniband.sourceforge.net/>
0x20 all drivers/cdrom/cm206.h
0x22 all scsi/sg.h
'#' 00-3F IEEE 1394 Subsystem Block for the entire subsystem
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments
'[' 00-07 linux/usb/tmc.h USB Test and Measurement Devices
<mailto:gregkh@suse.de>
'a' all linux/atm*.h, linux/sonet.h ATM on linux
- <http://lrcwww.epfl.ch/linux-atm/magic.html>
+ <http://lrcwww.epfl.ch/>
'b' 00-FF conflict! bit3 vme host bridge
<mailto:natalia@nikhefk.nikhef.nl>
'b' 00-0F media/bt819.h conflict!
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments
'k' 00-0F linux/spi/spidev.h conflict!
'k' 00-05 video/kyro.h conflict!
'l' 00-3F linux/tcfs_fs.h transparent cryptographic file system
- <http://mikonos.dia.unisa.it/tcfs>
+ <http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://mikonos.dia.unisa.it/tcfs>
'l' 40-7F linux/udf_fs_i.h in development:
<http://sourceforge.net/projects/linux-udf/>
'm' 00-09 linux/mmtimer.h conflict!
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments
<mailto:giometti@linux.it>
'q' 00-1F linux/serio.h
'q' 80-FF linux/telephony.h Internet PhoneJACK, Internet LineJACK
- linux/ixjuser.h <http://www.quicknet.net>
+ linux/ixjuser.h <http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.quicknet.net>
'r' 00-1F linux/msdos_fs.h and fs/fat/dir.c
's' all linux/cdk.h
't' 00-7F linux/if_ppp.h
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments
0x89 F0-FF linux/sockios.h SIOCDEVPRIVATE range
0x8B all linux/wireless.h
0x8C 00-3F WiNRADiO driver
- <http://www.proximity.com.au/~brian/winradio/>
+ <http://www.winradio.com.au/>
0x90 00 drivers/cdrom/sbpcd.h
0x92 00-0F drivers/usb/mon/mon_bin.c
0x93 60-7F linux/auto_fs.h
diff --git a/Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.CAPI b/Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.CAPI
index f172091..309eb5e 100644
--- a/Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.CAPI
+++ b/Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.CAPI
@@ -113,12 +113,16 @@ char *driver_name
int (*load_firmware)(struct capi_ctr *ctrlr, capiloaddata *ldata)
(optional) pointer to a callback function for sending firmware and
configuration data to the device
+ The function may return before the operation has completed.
+ Completion must be signalled by a call to capi_ctr_ready().
Return value: 0 on success, error code on error
Called in process context.
void (*reset_ctr)(struct capi_ctr *ctrlr)
- (optional) pointer to a callback function for performing a reset on
- the device, releasing all registered applications
+ (optional) pointer to a callback function for stopping the device,
+ releasing all registered applications
+ The function may return before the operation has completed.
+ Completion must be signalled by a call to capi_ctr_down().
Called in process context.
void (*register_appl)(struct capi_ctr *ctrlr, u16 applid,
diff --git a/Documentation/isdn/README b/Documentation/isdn/README
index 6783437..cfb1884 100644
--- a/Documentation/isdn/README
+++ b/Documentation/isdn/README
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ README for the ISDN-subsystem
http://www.mhessler.de/i4lfaq/
It can be viewed online, or downloaded in sgml/text/html format.
The FAQ can also be viewed online at
- http://www.isdn4inux.de/faq/
+ http://www.isdn4linux.de/faq/
or downloaded from
ftp://ftp.isdn4linux.de/pub/isdn4linux/FAQ/
diff --git a/Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax b/Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax
index 031c8d8..99e87a6 100644
--- a/Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax
+++ b/Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ Appendix: Teles PCMCIA driver
-----------------------------
See
- http://www.stud.uni-wuppertal.de/~ea0141/pcmcia.html
+ http://www.linux.no/teles_cs.txt
for instructions.
Appendix: Linux and ISDN-leased lines
diff --git a/Documentation/isdn/README.gigaset b/Documentation/isdn/README.gigaset
index e472df8..ef3343e 100644
--- a/Documentation/isdn/README.gigaset
+++ b/Documentation/isdn/README.gigaset
@@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver
1.2. Software
--------
- The driver works with ISDN4linux and so can be used with any software
- which is able to use ISDN4linux for ISDN connections (voice or data).
- Experimental Kernel CAPI support is available as a compilation option.
+ The driver works with the Kernel CAPI subsystem as well as the old
+ ISDN4Linux subsystem, so it can be used with any software which is able
+ to use CAPI 2.0 or ISDN4Linux for ISDN connections (voice or data).
There are some user space tools available at
http://sourceforge.net/projects/gigaset307x/
@@ -152,61 +152,42 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver
- GIGVER_FWBASE: retrieve the firmware version of the base
Upon return, version[] is filled with the requested version information.
-2.3. ISDN4linux
- ----------
- This is the "normal" mode of operation. After loading the module you can
- set up the ISDN system just as you'd do with any ISDN card supported by
- the ISDN4Linux subsystem. Most distributions provide some configuration
- utility. If not, you can use some HOWTOs like
- http://www.linuxhaven.de/dlhp/HOWTO/DE-ISDN-HOWTO-5.html
- If this doesn't work, because you have some device like SX100 where
- debug output (see section 3.2.) shows something like this when dialing
- CMD Received: ERROR
- Available Params: 0
- Connection State: 0, Response: -1
- gigaset_process_response: resp_code -1 in ConState 0 !
- Timeout occurred
- you probably need to use unimodem mode. (see section 2.5.)
-
-2.4. CAPI
+2.3. CAPI
----
If the driver is compiled with CAPI support (kernel configuration option
- GIGASET_CAPI, experimental) it can also be used with CAPI 2.0 kernel and
- user space applications. For user space access, the module capi.ko must
- be loaded. The capiinit command (included in the capi4k-utils package)
- does this for you.
-
- The CAPI variant of the driver supports legacy ISDN4Linux applications
- via the capidrv compatibility driver. The kernel module capidrv.ko must
- be loaded explicitly with the command
+ GIGASET_CAPI) the devices will show up as CAPI controllers as soon as the
+ corresponding driver module is loaded, and can then be used with CAPI 2.0
+ kernel and user space applications. For user space access, the module
+ capi.ko must be loaded.
+
+ Legacy ISDN4Linux applications are supported via the capidrv
+ compatibility driver. The kernel module capidrv.ko must be loaded
+ explicitly with the command
modprobe capidrv
if needed, and cannot be unloaded again without unloading the driver
first. (These are limitations of capidrv.)
- The note about unimodem mode in the preceding section applies here, too.
-
-2.5. Unimodem mode
- -------------
- This is needed for some devices [e.g. SX100] as they have problems with
- the "normal" commands.
+ Most distributions handle loading and unloading of the various CAPI
+ modules automatically via the command capiinit(1) from the capi4k-utils
+ package or a similar mechanism. Note that capiinit(1) cannot unload the
+ Gigaset drivers because it doesn't support more than one module per
+ driver.
- If you have installed the command line tool gigacontr, you can enter
- unimodem mode using
- gigacontr --mode unimodem
- You can switch back using
- gigacontr --mode isdn
+2.4. ISDN4Linux
+ ----------
+ If the driver is compiled without CAPI support (native ISDN4Linux
+ variant), it registers the device with the legacy ISDN4Linux subsystem
+ after loading the module. It can then be used with ISDN4Linux
+ applications only. Most distributions provide some configuration utility
+ for setting up that subsystem. Otherwise you can use some HOWTOs like
+ http://www.linuxhaven.de/dlhp/HOWTO/DE-ISDN-HOWTO-5.html
- You can also put the driver directly into Unimodem mode when it's loaded,
- by passing the module parameter startmode=0 to the hardware specific
- module, e.g.
- modprobe usb_gigaset startmode=0
- or by adding a line like
- options usb_gigaset startmode=0
- to an appropriate module configuration file, like /etc/modprobe.d/gigaset
- or /etc/modprobe.conf.local.
+2.5. Unimodem mode
+ -------------
In this mode the device works like a modem connected to a serial port
(the /dev/ttyGU0, ... mentioned above) which understands the commands
+
ATZ init, reset
=> OK or ERROR
ATD
@@ -234,6 +215,31 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver
to an appropriate module configuration file, like /etc/modprobe.d/gigaset
or /etc/modprobe.conf.local.
+ Unimodem mode is needed for making some devices [e.g. SX100] work which
+ do not support the regular Gigaset command set. If debug output (see
+ section 3.2.) shows something like this when dialing:
+ CMD Received: ERROR
+ Available Params: 0
+ Connection State: 0, Response: -1
+ gigaset_process_response: resp_code -1 in ConState 0 !
+ Timeout occurred
+ then switching to unimodem mode may help.
+
+ If you have installed the command line tool gigacontr, you can enter
+ unimodem mode using
+ gigacontr --mode unimodem
+ You can switch back using
+ gigacontr --mode isdn
+
+ You can also put the driver directly into Unimodem mode when it's loaded,
+ by passing the module parameter startmode=0 to the hardware specific
+ module, e.g.
+ modprobe usb_gigaset startmode=0
+ or by adding a line like
+ options usb_gigaset startmode=0
+ to an appropriate module configuration file, like /etc/modprobe.d/gigaset
+ or /etc/modprobe.conf.local.
+
2.6. Call-ID (CID) mode
------------------
Call-IDs are numbers used to tag commands to, and responses from, the
@@ -263,7 +269,22 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver
change its CID mode while the driver is loaded, eg.
echo 0 > /sys/class/tty/ttyGU0/cidmode
-2.7. Unregistered Wireless Devices (M101/M105)
+2.7. Dialing Numbers
+ ---------------
+ The called party number provided by an application for dialing out must
+ be a public network number according to the local dialing plan, without
+ any dial prefix for getting an outside line.
+
+ Internal calls can be made by providing an internal extension number
+ prefixed with "**" (two asterisks) as the called party number. So to dial
+ eg. the first registered DECT handset, give "**11" as the called party
+ number. Dialing "***" (three asterisks) calls all extensions
+ simultaneously (global call).
+
+ This holds for both CAPI 2.0 and ISDN4Linux applications. Unimodem mode
+ does not support internal calls.
+
+2.8. Unregistered Wireless Devices (M101/M105)
-----------------------------------------
The main purpose of the ser_gigaset and usb_gigaset drivers is to allow
the M101 and M105 wireless devices to be used as ISDN devices for ISDN
diff --git a/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO b/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO
index 5547698..b63301a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO
+++ b/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ web サイトには、コードの構成、サブシステム、現在存在す
あなたがどこからスタートして良いかわからないが、Linux カーネル開発コミュ
ニティに参加して何かすることをさがしている場合には、Linux kernel
Janitor's プロジェクトにいけば良いでしょう -
- http://janitor.kernelnewbies.org/
+ http://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors
ここはそのようなスタートをするのにうってつけの場所です。ここには、
Linux カーネルソースツリーの中に含まれる、きれいにし、修正しなければな
らない、単純な問題のリストが記述されています。このプロジェクトに関わる
diff --git a/Documentation/ja_JP/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/ja_JP/SubmittingPatches
index a9dc124..f107c83 100644
--- a/Documentation/ja_JP/SubmittingPatches
+++ b/Documentation/ja_JP/SubmittingPatches
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Quilt:
http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/quilt
Andrew Morton's patch scripts:
-http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/
+http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt
このリンクの先のスクリプトの代わりとして、quilt がパッチマネジメント
ツールとして推奨されています(上のリンクを見てください)。
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ VGER.KERNEL.ORG でホスティングされているメーリングリストの
・移植性のないコードから移植性のあるコードへの置き換え(小さい範囲で
あればアーキテクチャ特有のことでも他の人がコピーできます)
・作者やメンテナによる修正(すなわち patch monkey の再転送モード)
-URL: <http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/bunk/trivial/>
+EMAIL: <trivial@kernel.org>
7) MIME やリンクや圧縮ファイルや添付ファイルではなくプレインテキストのみ
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ gcc においては、マクロと同じくらい軽いです。
----------------------
Andrew Morton, "The perfect patch" (tpp).
- <http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/stuff/tpp.txt>
+ <http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt>
Jeff Garzik, "Linux kernel patch submission format".
<http://linux.yyz.us/patch-format.html>
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt
index 634c625..1e5165a 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt
@@ -22,11 +22,33 @@ building C files and assembler files.
KAFLAGS
--------------------------------------------------
-Additional options to the assembler.
+Additional options to the assembler (for built-in and modules).
+
+AFLAGS_MODULE
+--------------------------------------------------
+Addtional module specific options to use for $(AS).
+
+AFLAGS_KERNEL
+--------------------------------------------------
+Addtional options for $(AS) when used for assembler
+code for code that is compiled as built-in.
KCFLAGS
--------------------------------------------------
-Additional options to the C compiler.
+Additional options to the C compiler (for built-in and modules).
+
+CFLAGS_KERNEL
+--------------------------------------------------
+Addtional options for $(CC) when used to compile
+code that is compiled as built-in.
+
+CFLAGS_MODULE
+--------------------------------------------------
+Addtional module specific options to use for $(CC).
+
+LDFLAGS_MODULE
+--------------------------------------------------
+Additional options used for $(LD) when linking modules.
KBUILD_VERBOSE
--------------------------------------------------
@@ -40,15 +62,15 @@ Set the directory to look for the kernel source when building external
modules.
The directory can be specified in several ways:
1) Use "M=..." on the command line
-2) Environmnet variable KBUILD_EXTMOD
-3) Environmnet variable SUBDIRS
+2) Environment variable KBUILD_EXTMOD
+3) Environment variable SUBDIRS
The possibilities are listed in the order they take precedence.
Using "M=..." will always override the others.
KBUILD_OUTPUT
--------------------------------------------------
Specify the output directory when building the kernel.
-The output directory can also be specificed using "O=...".
+The output directory can also be specified using "O=...".
Setting "O=..." takes precedence over KBUILD_OUTPUT.
ARCH
@@ -90,7 +112,7 @@ The script will be called with the following arguments:
$3 - kernel map file
$4 - default install path (use root directory if blank)
-The implmentation of "make install" is architecture specific
+The implementation of "make install" is architecture specific
and it may differ from the above.
INSTALLKERNEL is provided to enable the possibility to
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt
index b2cb16e..cca46b1 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ also use the environment variable KCONFIG_ALLCONFIG as a flag or a
filename that contains config symbols that the user requires to be
set to a specific value. If KCONFIG_ALLCONFIG is used without a
filename, "make *config" checks for a file named
-"all{yes/mod/no/random}.config" (corresponding to the *config command
+"all{yes/mod/no/def/random}.config" (corresponding to the *config command
that was used) for symbol values that are to be forced. If this file
is not found, it checks for a file named "all.config" to contain forced
values.
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
index 71c602d..c375313 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ more details, with real examples.
#drivers/isdn/i4l/Makefile
# Makefile for the kernel ISDN subsystem and device drivers.
# Each configuration option enables a list of files.
- obj-$(CONFIG_ISDN) += isdn.o
+ obj-$(CONFIG_ISDN_I4L) += isdn.o
obj-$(CONFIG_ISDN_PPP_BSDCOMP) += isdn_bsdcomp.o
--- 3.3 Loadable module goals - obj-m
@@ -187,34 +187,35 @@ more details, with real examples.
Note: In this example $(CONFIG_ISDN_PPP_BSDCOMP) evaluates to 'm'
If a kernel module is built from several source files, you specify
- that you want to build a module in the same way as above.
-
- Kbuild needs to know which the parts that you want to build your
- module from, so you have to tell it by setting an
- $(<module_name>-objs) variable.
+ that you want to build a module in the same way as above; however,
+ kbuild needs to know which object files you want to build your
+ module from, so you have to tell it by setting a $(<module_name>-y)
+ variable.
Example:
#drivers/isdn/i4l/Makefile
- obj-$(CONFIG_ISDN) += isdn.o
- isdn-objs := isdn_net_lib.o isdn_v110.o isdn_common.o
+ obj-$(CONFIG_ISDN_I4L) += isdn.o
+ isdn-y := isdn_net_lib.o isdn_v110.o isdn_common.o
In this example, the module name will be isdn.o. Kbuild will
- compile the objects listed in $(isdn-objs) and then run
+ compile the objects listed in $(isdn-y) and then run
"$(LD) -r" on the list of these files to generate isdn.o.
- Kbuild recognises objects used for composite objects by the suffix
- -objs, and the suffix -y. This allows the Makefiles to use
- the value of a CONFIG_ symbol to determine if an object is part
- of a composite object.
+ Due to kbuild recognizing $(<module_name>-y) for composite objects,
+ you can use the value of a CONFIG_ symbol to optionally include an
+ object file as part of a composite object.
Example:
#fs/ext2/Makefile
- obj-$(CONFIG_EXT2_FS) += ext2.o
- ext2-y := balloc.o bitmap.o
- ext2-$(CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR) += xattr.o
+ obj-$(CONFIG_EXT2_FS) += ext2.o
+ ext2-y := balloc.o dir.o file.o ialloc.o inode.o ioctl.o \
+ namei.o super.o symlink.o
+ ext2-$(CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR) += xattr.o xattr_user.o \
+ xattr_trusted.o
- In this example, xattr.o is only part of the composite object
- ext2.o if $(CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR) evaluates to 'y'.
+ In this example, xattr.o, xattr_user.o and xattr_trusted.o are only
+ part of the composite object ext2.o if $(CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR)
+ evaluates to 'y'.
Note: Of course, when you are building objects into the kernel,
the syntax above will also work. So, if you have CONFIG_EXT2_FS=y,
@@ -244,12 +245,12 @@ more details, with real examples.
may contain both a built-in.o and a lib.a file.
Example:
- #arch/i386/lib/Makefile
- lib-y := checksum.o delay.o
+ #arch/x86/lib/Makefile
+ lib-y := delay.o
- This will create a library lib.a based on checksum.o and delay.o.
- For kbuild to actually recognize that there is a lib.a being built,
- the directory shall be listed in libs-y.
+ This will create a library lib.a based on delay.o. For kbuild to
+ actually recognize that there is a lib.a being built, the directory
+ shall be listed in libs-y.
See also "6.3 List directories to visit when descending".
Use of lib-y is normally restricted to lib/ and arch/*/lib.
@@ -284,43 +285,40 @@ more details, with real examples.
--- 3.7 Compilation flags
ccflags-y, asflags-y and ldflags-y
- The three flags listed above applies only to the kbuild makefile
- where they are assigned. They are used for all the normal
- cc, as and ld invocation happenign during a recursive build.
+ These three flags apply only to the kbuild makefile in which they
+ are assigned. They are used for all the normal cc, as and ld
+ invocations happening during a recursive build.
Note: Flags with the same behaviour were previously named:
EXTRA_CFLAGS, EXTRA_AFLAGS and EXTRA_LDFLAGS.
- They are yet supported but their use are deprecated.
+ They are still supported but their usage is deprecated.
- ccflags-y specifies options for compiling C files with $(CC).
+ ccflags-y specifies options for compiling with $(CC).
Example:
- # drivers/sound/emu10k1/Makefile
- ccflags-y += -I$(obj)
- ccflags-$(DEBUG) += -DEMU10K1_DEBUG
-
+ # drivers/acpi/Makefile
+ ccflags-y := -Os
+ ccflags-$(CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG) += -DACPI_DEBUG_OUTPUT
This variable is necessary because the top Makefile owns the
variable $(KBUILD_CFLAGS) and uses it for compilation flags for the
entire tree.
- asflags-y is a similar string for per-directory options
- when compiling assembly language source.
+ asflags-y specifies options for assembling with $(AS).
Example:
- #arch/x86_64/kernel/Makefile
- asflags-y := -traditional
-
+ #arch/sparc/kernel/Makefile
+ asflags-y := -ansi
- ldflags-y is a string for per-directory options to $(LD).
+ ldflags-y specifies options for linking with $(LD).
Example:
- #arch/m68k/fpsp040/Makefile
- ldflags-y := -x
+ #arch/cris/boot/compressed/Makefile
+ ldflags-y += -T $(srctree)/$(src)/decompress_$(arch-y).lds
subdir-ccflags-y, subdir-asflags-y
- The two flags listed above are similar to ccflags-y and as-falgs-y.
- The difference is that the subdir- variants has effect for the kbuild
- file where tey are present and all subdirectories.
+ The two flags listed above are similar to ccflags-y and asflags-y.
+ The difference is that the subdir- variants have effect for the kbuild
+ file where they are present and all subdirectories.
Options specified using subdir-* are added to the commandline before
the options specified using the non-subdir variants.
@@ -340,18 +338,18 @@ more details, with real examples.
CFLAGS_aha152x.o = -DAHA152X_STAT -DAUTOCONF
CFLAGS_gdth.o = # -DDEBUG_GDTH=2 -D__SERIAL__ -D__COM2__ \
-DGDTH_STATISTICS
- CFLAGS_seagate.o = -DARBITRATE -DPARITY -DSEAGATE_USE_ASM
- These three lines specify compilation flags for aha152x.o,
- gdth.o, and seagate.o
+ These two lines specify compilation flags for aha152x.o and gdth.o.
$(AFLAGS_$@) is a similar feature for source files in assembly
languages.
Example:
# arch/arm/kernel/Makefile
- AFLAGS_head-armv.o := -DTEXTADDR=$(TEXTADDR) -traditional
- AFLAGS_head-armo.o := -DTEXTADDR=$(TEXTADDR) -traditional
+ AFLAGS_head.o := -DTEXT_OFFSET=$(TEXT_OFFSET)
+ AFLAGS_crunch-bits.o := -Wa,-mcpu=ep9312
+ AFLAGS_iwmmxt.o := -Wa,-mcpu=iwmmxt
+
--- 3.9 Dependency tracking
@@ -923,16 +921,33 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly):
The first example utilises the trick that a config option expands
to 'y' when selected.
- CFLAGS_KERNEL $(CC) options specific for built-in
+ KBUILD_AFLAGS_KERNEL $(AS) options specific for built-in
+
+ $(KBUILD_AFLAGS_KERNEL) contains extra C compiler flags used to compile
+ resident kernel code.
+
+ KBUILD_AFLAGS_MODULE Options for $(AS) when building modules
+
+ $(KBUILD_AFLAGS_MODULE) is used to add arch specific options that
+ are used for $(AS).
+ From commandline AFLAGS_MODULE shall be used (see kbuild.txt).
- $(CFLAGS_KERNEL) contains extra C compiler flags used to compile
+ KBUILD_CFLAGS_KERNEL $(CC) options specific for built-in
+
+ $(KBUILD_CFLAGS_KERNEL) contains extra C compiler flags used to compile
resident kernel code.
- CFLAGS_MODULE $(CC) options specific for modules
+ KBUILD_CFLAGS_MODULE Options for $(CC) when building modules
+
+ $(KBUILD_CFLAGS_MODULE) is used to add arch specific options that
+ are used for $(CC).
+ From commandline CFLAGS_MODULE shall be used (see kbuild.txt).
- $(CFLAGS_MODULE) contains extra C compiler flags used to compile code
- for loadable kernel modules.
+ KBUILD_LDFLAGS_MODULE Options for $(LD) when linking modules
+ $(KBUILD_LDFLAGS_MODULE) is used to add arch specific options
+ used when linking modules. This is often a linker script.
+ From commandline LDFLAGS_MODULE shall be used (see kbuild.txt).
--- 6.2 Add prerequisites to archprepare:
@@ -1176,14 +1191,14 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly):
=== 7 Kbuild syntax for exported headers
The kernel include a set of headers that is exported to userspace.
-Many headers can be exported as-is but other headers requires a
+Many headers can be exported as-is but other headers require a
minimal pre-processing before they are ready for user-space.
The pre-processing does:
- drop kernel specific annotations
- drop include of compiler.h
-- drop all sections that is kernel internat (guarded by ifdef __KERNEL__)
+- drop all sections that are kernel internal (guarded by ifdef __KERNEL__)
-Each relevant directory contain a file name "Kbuild" which specify the
+Each relevant directory contains a file name "Kbuild" which specifies the
headers to be exported.
See subsequent chapter for the syntax of the Kbuild file.
diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-docs.txt b/Documentation/kernel-docs.txt
index ec8d31ee..715eaaf 100644
--- a/Documentation/kernel-docs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kernel-docs.txt
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
* Title: "Conceptual Architecture of the Linux Kernel"
Author: Ivan T. Bowman.
- URL: http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/~itbowman/papers/CS746G-a1.html
+ URL: http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/
Keywords: conceptual software architecture, extracted design,
reverse engineering, system structure.
Description: Conceptual software architecture of the Linux kernel,
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
* Title: "Concrete Architecture of the Linux Kernel"
Author: Ivan T. Bowman, Saheem Siddiqi, and Meyer C. Tanuan.
- URL: http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/~itbowman/papers/CS746G-a2.html
+ URL: http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/
Keywords: concrete architecture, extracted design, reverse
engineering, system structure, dependencies.
Description: Concrete architecture of the Linux kernel,
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
* Title: "Linux as a Case Study: Its Extracted Software
Architecture"
Author: Ivan T. Bowman, Richard C. Holt and Neil V. Brewster.
- URL: http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/~itbowman/papers/linuxcase.html
+ URL: http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/
Keywords: software architecture, architecture recovery,
redocumentation.
Description: Paper appeared at ICSE'99, Los Angeles, May 16-22,
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
* Title: "Overview of the Virtual File System"
Author: Richard Gooch.
- URL: http://www.atnf.csiro.au/~rgooch/linux/vfs.txt
+ URL: http://www.mjmwired.net/kernel/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
Keywords: VFS, File System, mounting filesystems, opening files,
dentries, dcache.
Description: Brief introduction to the Linux Virtual File System.
@@ -267,15 +267,13 @@
* Title: "Kernel API changes from 2.0 to 2.2"
Author: Richard Gooch.
URL:
- http://www.atnf.csiro.au/~rgooch/linux/docs/porting-to-2.2.html
+ http://www.linuxhq.com/guides/LKMPG/node28.html
Keywords: 2.2, changes.
Description: Kernel functions/structures/variables which changed
from 2.0.x to 2.2.x.
* Title: "Kernel API changes from 2.2 to 2.4"
Author: Richard Gooch.
- URL:
- http://www.atnf.csiro.au/~rgooch/linux/docs/porting-to-2.4.html
Keywords: 2.4, changes.
Description: Kernel functions/structures/variables which changed
from 2.2.x to 2.4.x.
@@ -290,7 +288,6 @@
* Title: "I/O Event Handling Under Linux"
Author: Richard Gooch.
- URL: http://www.atnf.csiro.au/~rgooch/linux/docs/io-events.html
Keywords: IO, I/O, select(2), poll(2), FDs, aio_read(2), readiness
event queues.
Description: From the Introduction: "I/O Event handling is about
@@ -386,64 +383,64 @@
* Title: "Porting Device Drivers To Linux 2.2: part II"
Author: Alan Cox.
- URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/1999-06/gear_01.html
+ URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/id/238
Keywords: ports, porting.
Description: Second part on porting from 2.0 to 2.2 kernels.
* Title: "How To Make Sure Your Driver Will Work On The Power
Macintosh"
Author: Paul Mackerras.
- URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/1999-07/gear_01.html
+ URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/id/261
Keywords: Mac, Power Macintosh, porting, drivers, compatibility.
Description: The title says it all.
* Title: "An Introduction to SCSI Drivers"
Author: Alan Cox.
- URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/1999-08/gear_01.html
+ URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/id/284
Keywords: SCSI, device, driver.
Description: The title says it all.
* Title: "Advanced SCSI Drivers And Other Tales"
Author: Alan Cox.
- URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/1999-09/gear_01.html
+ URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/id/307
Keywords: SCSI, device, driver, advanced.
Description: The title says it all.
* Title: "Writing Linux Mouse Drivers"
Author: Alan Cox.
- URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/1999-10/gear_01.html
+ URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/id/330
Keywords: mouse, driver, gpm.
Description: The title says it all.
* Title: "More on Mouse Drivers"
Author: Alan Cox.
- URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/1999-11/gear_01.html
+ URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/id/356
Keywords: mouse, driver, gpm, races, asynchronous I/O.
Description: The title still says it all.
* Title: "Writing Video4linux Radio Driver"
Author: Alan Cox.
- URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/1999-12/gear_01.html
+ URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/id/381
Keywords: video4linux, driver, radio, radio devices.
Description: The title says it all.
* Title: "Video4linux Drivers, Part 1: Video-Capture Device"
Author: Alan Cox.
- URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/2000-01/gear_01.html
+ URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/id/406
Keywords: video4linux, driver, video capture, capture devices,
camera driver.
Description: The title says it all.
* Title: "Video4linux Drivers, Part 2: Video-capture Devices"
Author: Alan Cox.
- URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/2000-02/gear_01.html
+ URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/id/429
Keywords: video4linux, driver, video capture, capture devices,
camera driver, control, query capabilities, capability, facility.
Description: The title says it all.
* Title: "PCI Management in Linux 2.2"
Author: Alan Cox.
- URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/2000-03/gear_01.html
+ URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/id/452
Keywords: PCI, bus, bus-mastering.
Description: The title says it all.
@@ -502,7 +499,7 @@
* Title: "A Linux vm README"
Author: Kanoj Sarcar.
- URL: http://reality.sgi.com/kanoj_engr/vm229.html
+ URL: http://kos.enix.org/pub/linux-vmm.html
Keywords: virtual memory, mm, pgd, vma, page, page flags, page
cache, swap cache, kswapd.
Description: Telegraphic, short descriptions and definitions
@@ -659,7 +656,7 @@
* Name: "Linux Kernel Source Reference"
Author: Thomas Graichen.
- URL: http://innominate.org/~graichen/projects/lksr/
+ URL: http://marc.info/?l=linux-kernel&m=96446640102205&w=4
Keywords: CVS, web, cvsweb, browsing source code.
Description: Web interface to a CVS server with the kernel
sources. "Here you can have a look at any file of the Linux kernel
@@ -682,7 +679,7 @@
produced during the week. Published every Thursday.
* Name: "Kernel Traffic"
- URL: http://kt.zork.net/kernel-traffic/
+ URL: http://kt.earth.li/kernel-traffic/index.html
Keywords: linux-kernel mailing list, weekly kernel news.
Description: Weekly newsletter covering the most relevant
discussions of the linux-kernel mailing list.
diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
index 82d6aeb..71d2863 100644
--- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -73,7 +73,6 @@ parameter is applicable:
MTD MTD (Memory Technology Device) support is enabled.
NET Appropriate network support is enabled.
NUMA NUMA support is enabled.
- GENERIC_TIME The generic timeofday code is enabled.
NFS Appropriate NFS support is enabled.
OSS OSS sound support is enabled.
PV_OPS A paravirtualized kernel is enabled.
@@ -93,6 +92,7 @@ parameter is applicable:
Documentation/scsi/.
SECURITY Different security models are enabled.
SELINUX SELinux support is enabled.
+ APPARMOR AppArmor support is enabled.
SERIAL Serial support is enabled.
SH SuperH architecture is enabled.
SMP The kernel is an SMP kernel.
@@ -115,6 +115,7 @@ parameter is applicable:
More X86-64 boot options can be found in
Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt .
X86 Either 32bit or 64bit x86 (same as X86-32+X86-64)
+ XEN Xen support is enabled
In addition, the following text indicates that the option:
@@ -254,8 +255,8 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
control method, with respect to putting devices into
low power states, to be enforced (the ACPI 2.0 ordering
of _PTS is used by default).
- s4_nonvs prevents the kernel from saving/restoring the
- ACPI NVS memory during hibernation.
+ nonvs prevents the kernel from saving/restoring the
+ ACPI NVS memory during suspend/hibernation and resume.
sci_force_enable causes the kernel to set SCI_EN directly
on resume from S1/S3 (which is against the ACPI spec,
but some broken systems don't work without it).
@@ -468,7 +469,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
clocksource is not available, it defaults to PIT.
Format: { pit | tsc | cyclone | pmtmr }
- clocksource= [GENERIC_TIME] Override the default clocksource
+ clocksource= Override the default clocksource
Format: <string>
Override the default clocksource and use the clocksource
with the name specified.
@@ -1143,9 +1144,12 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
kgdboc= [KGDB,HW] kgdb over consoles.
Requires a tty driver that supports console polling,
or a supported polling keyboard driver (non-usb).
- Serial only format: <serial_device>[,baud]
- keyboard only format: kbd
- keyboard and serial format: kbd,<serial_device>[,baud]
+ Serial only format: <serial_device>[,baud]
+ keyboard only format: kbd
+ keyboard and serial format: kbd,<serial_device>[,baud]
+ Optional Kernel mode setting:
+ kms, kbd format: kms,kbd
+ kms, kbd and serial format: kms,kbd,<ser_dev>[,baud]
kgdbwait [KGDB] Stop kernel execution and enter the
kernel debugger at the earliest opportunity.
@@ -1265,7 +1269,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
If there are multiple matching configurations changing
the same attribute, the last one is used.
- lmb=debug [KNL] Enable lmb debug messages.
+ memblock=debug [KNL] Enable memblock debug messages.
load_ramdisk= [RAM] List of ramdisks to load from floppy
See Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt.
@@ -1597,8 +1601,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
[NETFILTER] Enable connection tracking flow accounting
0 to disable accounting
1 to enable accounting
- Default value depends on CONFIG_NF_CT_ACCT that is
- going to be removed in 2.6.29.
+ Default value is 0.
nfsaddrs= [NFS]
See Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt.
@@ -1812,6 +1815,8 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
nousb [USB] Disable the USB subsystem
+ nowatchdog [KNL] Disable the lockup detector.
+
nowb [ARM]
nox2apic [X86-64,APIC] Do not enable x2APIC mode.
@@ -1970,6 +1975,8 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
norom [X86] Do not assign address space to
expansion ROMs that do not already have
BIOS assigned address ranges.
+ nobar [X86] Do not assign address space to the
+ BARs that weren't assigned by the BIOS.
irqmask=0xMMMM [X86] Set a bit mask of IRQs allowed to be
assigned automatically to PCI devices. You can
make the kernel exclude IRQs of your ISA cards
@@ -2312,6 +2319,13 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
If enabled at boot time, /selinux/disable can be used
later to disable prior to initial policy load.
+ apparmor= [APPARMOR] Disable or enable AppArmor at boot time
+ Format: { "0" | "1" }
+ See security/apparmor/Kconfig help text
+ 0 -- disable.
+ 1 -- enable.
+ Default value is set via kernel config option.
+
serialnumber [BUGS=X86-32]
shapers= [NET]
@@ -2879,6 +2893,16 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
xd= [HW,XT] Original XT pre-IDE (RLL encoded) disks.
xd_geo= See header of drivers/block/xd.c.
+ xen_emul_unplug= [HW,X86,XEN]
+ Unplug Xen emulated devices
+ Format: [unplug0,][unplug1]
+ ide-disks -- unplug primary master IDE devices
+ aux-ide-disks -- unplug non-primary-master IDE devices
+ nics -- unplug network devices
+ all -- unplug all emulated devices (NICs and IDE disks)
+ ignore -- continue loading the Xen platform PCI driver even
+ if the version check failed
+
xirc2ps_cs= [NET,PCMCIA]
Format:
<irq>,<irq_mask>,<io>,<full_duplex>,<do_sound>,<lockup_hack>[,<irq2>[,<irq3>[,<irq4>]]]
diff --git a/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO b/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO
index 029fca9..e3a55b6 100644
--- a/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO
+++ b/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ mtk.manpages@gmail.com의 메인테이너에게 보낼 것을 권장한다.
올바른 패치들을 만드는 법에 관한 훌륭한 다른 문서들이 있다.
"The Perfect Patch"
- http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/stuff/tpp.txt
+ http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt
"Linux kernel patch submission format"
http://linux.yyz.us/patch-format.html
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ Documentation/DocBook/ 디렉토리 내에서 만들어지며 PDF, Postscript, H
여러분이 어디서 시작해야 할진 모르지만 커널 개발 커뮤니티에 참여할 수
있는 일들을 찾길 원한다면 리눅스 커널 Janitor 프로젝트를 살펴봐라.
- http://janitor.kernelnewbies.org/
+ http://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors
그곳은 시작하기에 훌륭한 장소이다. 그곳은 리눅스 커널 소스 트리내에
간단히 정리되고 수정될 수 있는 문제들에 관하여 설명한다. 여러분은 이
프로젝트를 대표하는 개발자들과 일하면서 자신의 패치를 리눅스 커널 트리에
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ Pat이라는 이름을 가진 여자가 있을 수도 있는 것이다. 리눅
이것이 무엇인지 더 자세한 것을 알고 싶다면 다음 문서의 ChageLog 항을 봐라.
"The Perfect Patch"
- http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/stuff/tpp.txt
+ http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt
@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ Pat이라는 이름을 가진 여자가 있을 수도 있는 것이다. 리눅
----------
-"개발 프로세스"(http://linux.tar.gz/articles/2.6-development_process) 섹션을
+"개발 프로세스"(http://lwn.net/Articles/94386/) 섹션을
작성하는데 있어 참고할 문서를 사용하도록 허락해준 Paolo Ciarrocchi에게
감사한다. 여러분들이 말해야 할 것과 말해서는 안되는 것의 목록 중 일부를 제공해준
Randy Dunlap과 Gerrit Huizenga에게 감사한다. 또한 검토와 의견 그리고
diff --git a/Documentation/kprobes.txt b/Documentation/kprobes.txt
index 6653017..1762b81 100644
--- a/Documentation/kprobes.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kprobes.txt
@@ -285,6 +285,7 @@ architectures:
- sparc64 (Return probes not yet implemented.)
- arm
- ppc
+- mips
3. Configuring Kprobes
diff --git a/Documentation/kvm/api.txt b/Documentation/kvm/api.txt
index a237518..5f5b649 100644
--- a/Documentation/kvm/api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kvm/api.txt
@@ -126,6 +126,10 @@ user fills in the size of the indices array in nmsrs, and in return
kvm adjusts nmsrs to reflect the actual number of msrs and fills in
the indices array with their numbers.
+Note: if kvm indicates supports MCE (KVM_CAP_MCE), then the MCE bank MSRs are
+not returned in the MSR list, as different vcpus can have a different number
+of banks, as set via the KVM_X86_SETUP_MCE ioctl.
+
4.4 KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION
Capability: basic
@@ -160,29 +164,7 @@ Type: vm ioctl
Parameters: struct kvm_memory_region (in)
Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
-struct kvm_memory_region {
- __u32 slot;
- __u32 flags;
- __u64 guest_phys_addr;
- __u64 memory_size; /* bytes */
-};
-
-/* for kvm_memory_region::flags */
-#define KVM_MEM_LOG_DIRTY_PAGES 1UL
-
-This ioctl allows the user to create or modify a guest physical memory
-slot. When changing an existing slot, it may be moved in the guest
-physical memory space, or its flags may be modified. It may not be
-resized. Slots may not overlap.
-
-The flags field supports just one flag, KVM_MEM_LOG_DIRTY_PAGES, which
-instructs kvm to keep track of writes to memory within the slot. See
-the KVM_GET_DIRTY_LOG ioctl.
-
-It is recommended to use the KVM_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION ioctl instead
-of this API, if available. This newer API allows placing guest memory
-at specified locations in the host address space, yielding better
-control and easy access.
+This ioctl is obsolete and has been removed.
4.6 KVM_CREATE_VCPU
@@ -226,17 +208,7 @@ Type: vm ioctl
Parameters: struct kvm_memory_alias (in)
Returns: 0 (success), -1 (error)
-struct kvm_memory_alias {
- __u32 slot; /* this has a different namespace than memory slots */
- __u32 flags;
- __u64 guest_phys_addr;
- __u64 memory_size;
- __u64 target_phys_addr;
-};
-
-Defines a guest physical address space region as an alias to another
-region. Useful for aliased address, for example the VGA low memory
-window. Should not be used with userspace memory.
+This ioctl is obsolete and has been removed.
4.9 KVM_RUN
@@ -892,6 +864,174 @@ arguments.
This ioctl is only useful after KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Without an in-kernel
irqchip, the multiprocessing state must be maintained by userspace.
+4.39 KVM_SET_IDENTITY_MAP_ADDR
+
+Capability: KVM_CAP_SET_IDENTITY_MAP_ADDR
+Architectures: x86
+Type: vm ioctl
+Parameters: unsigned long identity (in)
+Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
+
+This ioctl defines the physical address of a one-page region in the guest
+physical address space. The region must be within the first 4GB of the
+guest physical address space and must not conflict with any memory slot
+or any mmio address. The guest may malfunction if it accesses this memory
+region.
+
+This ioctl is required on Intel-based hosts. This is needed on Intel hardware
+because of a quirk in the virtualization implementation (see the internals
+documentation when it pops into existence).
+
+4.40 KVM_SET_BOOT_CPU_ID
+
+Capability: KVM_CAP_SET_BOOT_CPU_ID
+Architectures: x86, ia64
+Type: vm ioctl
+Parameters: unsigned long vcpu_id
+Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
+
+Define which vcpu is the Bootstrap Processor (BSP). Values are the same
+as the vcpu id in KVM_CREATE_VCPU. If this ioctl is not called, the default
+is vcpu 0.
+
+4.41 KVM_GET_XSAVE
+
+Capability: KVM_CAP_XSAVE
+Architectures: x86
+Type: vcpu ioctl
+Parameters: struct kvm_xsave (out)
+Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
+
+struct kvm_xsave {
+ __u32 region[1024];
+};
+
+This ioctl would copy current vcpu's xsave struct to the userspace.
+
+4.42 KVM_SET_XSAVE
+
+Capability: KVM_CAP_XSAVE
+Architectures: x86
+Type: vcpu ioctl
+Parameters: struct kvm_xsave (in)
+Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
+
+struct kvm_xsave {
+ __u32 region[1024];
+};
+
+This ioctl would copy userspace's xsave struct to the kernel.
+
+4.43 KVM_GET_XCRS
+
+Capability: KVM_CAP_XCRS
+Architectures: x86
+Type: vcpu ioctl
+Parameters: struct kvm_xcrs (out)
+Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
+
+struct kvm_xcr {
+ __u32 xcr;
+ __u32 reserved;
+ __u64 value;
+};
+
+struct kvm_xcrs {
+ __u32 nr_xcrs;
+ __u32 flags;
+ struct kvm_xcr xcrs[KVM_MAX_XCRS];
+ __u64 padding[16];
+};
+
+This ioctl would copy current vcpu's xcrs to the userspace.
+
+4.44 KVM_SET_XCRS
+
+Capability: KVM_CAP_XCRS
+Architectures: x86
+Type: vcpu ioctl
+Parameters: struct kvm_xcrs (in)
+Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
+
+struct kvm_xcr {
+ __u32 xcr;
+ __u32 reserved;
+ __u64 value;
+};
+
+struct kvm_xcrs {
+ __u32 nr_xcrs;
+ __u32 flags;
+ struct kvm_xcr xcrs[KVM_MAX_XCRS];
+ __u64 padding[16];
+};
+
+This ioctl would set vcpu's xcr to the value userspace specified.
+
+4.45 KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID
+
+Capability: KVM_CAP_EXT_CPUID
+Architectures: x86
+Type: system ioctl
+Parameters: struct kvm_cpuid2 (in/out)
+Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
+
+struct kvm_cpuid2 {
+ __u32 nent;
+ __u32 padding;
+ struct kvm_cpuid_entry2 entries[0];
+};
+
+#define KVM_CPUID_FLAG_SIGNIFCANT_INDEX 1
+#define KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATEFUL_FUNC 2
+#define KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATE_READ_NEXT 4
+
+struct kvm_cpuid_entry2 {
+ __u32 function;
+ __u32 index;
+ __u32 flags;
+ __u32 eax;
+ __u32 ebx;
+ __u32 ecx;
+ __u32 edx;
+ __u32 padding[3];
+};
+
+This ioctl returns x86 cpuid features which are supported by both the hardware
+and kvm. Userspace can use the information returned by this ioctl to
+construct cpuid information (for KVM_SET_CPUID2) that is consistent with
+hardware, kernel, and userspace capabilities, and with user requirements (for
+example, the user may wish to constrain cpuid to emulate older hardware,
+or for feature consistency across a cluster).
+
+Userspace invokes KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID by passing a kvm_cpuid2 structure
+with the 'nent' field indicating the number of entries in the variable-size
+array 'entries'. If the number of entries is too low to describe the cpu
+capabilities, an error (E2BIG) is returned. If the number is too high,
+the 'nent' field is adjusted and an error (ENOMEM) is returned. If the
+number is just right, the 'nent' field is adjusted to the number of valid
+entries in the 'entries' array, which is then filled.
+
+The entries returned are the host cpuid as returned by the cpuid instruction,
+with unknown or unsupported features masked out. The fields in each entry
+are defined as follows:
+
+ function: the eax value used to obtain the entry
+ index: the ecx value used to obtain the entry (for entries that are
+ affected by ecx)
+ flags: an OR of zero or more of the following:
+ KVM_CPUID_FLAG_SIGNIFCANT_INDEX:
+ if the index field is valid
+ KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATEFUL_FUNC:
+ if cpuid for this function returns different values for successive
+ invocations; there will be several entries with the same function,
+ all with this flag set
+ KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATE_READ_NEXT:
+ for KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATEFUL_FUNC entries, set if this entry is
+ the first entry to be read by a cpu
+ eax, ebx, ecx, edx: the values returned by the cpuid instruction for
+ this function/index combination
+
5. The kvm_run structure
Application code obtains a pointer to the kvm_run structure by
diff --git a/Documentation/kvm/mmu.txt b/Documentation/kvm/mmu.txt
index aaed6ab..142cc51 100644
--- a/Documentation/kvm/mmu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kvm/mmu.txt
@@ -77,10 +77,10 @@ Memory
Guest memory (gpa) is part of the user address space of the process that is
using kvm. Userspace defines the translation between guest addresses and user
-addresses (gpa->hva); note that two gpas may alias to the same gva, but not
+addresses (gpa->hva); note that two gpas may alias to the same hva, but not
vice versa.
-These gvas may be backed using any method available to the host: anonymous
+These hvas may be backed using any method available to the host: anonymous
memory, file backed memory, and device memory. Memory might be paged by the
host at any time.
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ Shadow pages contain the following information:
role.cr4_pae:
Contains the value of cr4.pae for which the page is valid (e.g. whether
32-bit or 64-bit gptes are in use).
- role.cr4_nxe:
+ role.nxe:
Contains the value of efer.nxe for which the page is valid.
role.cr0_wp:
Contains the value of cr0.wp for which the page is valid.
@@ -180,7 +180,9 @@ Shadow pages contain the following information:
guest pages as leaves.
gfns:
An array of 512 guest frame numbers, one for each present pte. Used to
- perform a reverse map from a pte to a gfn.
+ perform a reverse map from a pte to a gfn. When role.direct is set, any
+ element of this array can be calculated from the gfn field when used, in
+ this case, the array of gfns is not allocated. See role.direct and gfn.
slot_bitmap:
A bitmap containing one bit per memory slot. If the page contains a pte
mapping a page from memory slot n, then bit n of slot_bitmap will be set
@@ -296,6 +298,48 @@ Host translation updates:
- look up affected sptes through reverse map
- drop (or update) translations
+Emulating cr0.wp
+================
+
+If tdp is not enabled, the host must keep cr0.wp=1 so page write protection
+works for the guest kernel, not guest guest userspace. When the guest
+cr0.wp=1, this does not present a problem. However when the guest cr0.wp=0,
+we cannot map the permissions for gpte.u=1, gpte.w=0 to any spte (the
+semantics require allowing any guest kernel access plus user read access).
+
+We handle this by mapping the permissions to two possible sptes, depending
+on fault type:
+
+- kernel write fault: spte.u=0, spte.w=1 (allows full kernel access,
+ disallows user access)
+- read fault: spte.u=1, spte.w=0 (allows full read access, disallows kernel
+ write access)
+
+(user write faults generate a #PF)
+
+Large pages
+===========
+
+The mmu supports all combinations of large and small guest and host pages.
+Supported page sizes include 4k, 2M, 4M, and 1G. 4M pages are treated as
+two separate 2M pages, on both guest and host, since the mmu always uses PAE
+paging.
+
+To instantiate a large spte, four constraints must be satisfied:
+
+- the spte must point to a large host page
+- the guest pte must be a large pte of at least equivalent size (if tdp is
+ enabled, there is no guest pte and this condition is satisified)
+- if the spte will be writeable, the large page frame may not overlap any
+ write-protected pages
+- the guest page must be wholly contained by a single memory slot
+
+To check the last two conditions, the mmu maintains a ->write_count set of
+arrays for each memory slot and large page size. Every write protected page
+causes its write_count to be incremented, thus preventing instantiation of
+a large spte. The frames at the end of an unaligned memory slot have
+artificically inflated ->write_counts so they can never be instantiated.
+
Further reading
===============
diff --git a/Documentation/kvm/msr.txt b/Documentation/kvm/msr.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ddcfe8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/kvm/msr.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+KVM-specific MSRs.
+Glauber Costa <glommer@redhat.com>, Red Hat Inc, 2010
+=====================================================
+
+KVM makes use of some custom MSRs to service some requests.
+At present, this facility is only used by kvmclock.
+
+Custom MSRs have a range reserved for them, that goes from
+0x4b564d00 to 0x4b564dff. There are MSRs outside this area,
+but they are deprecated and their use is discouraged.
+
+Custom MSR list
+--------
+
+The current supported Custom MSR list is:
+
+MSR_KVM_WALL_CLOCK_NEW: 0x4b564d00
+
+ data: 4-byte alignment physical address of a memory area which must be
+ in guest RAM. This memory is expected to hold a copy of the following
+ structure:
+
+ struct pvclock_wall_clock {
+ u32 version;
+ u32 sec;
+ u32 nsec;
+ } __attribute__((__packed__));
+
+ whose data will be filled in by the hypervisor. The hypervisor is only
+ guaranteed to update this data at the moment of MSR write.
+ Users that want to reliably query this information more than once have
+ to write more than once to this MSR. Fields have the following meanings:
+
+ version: guest has to check version before and after grabbing
+ time information and check that they are both equal and even.
+ An odd version indicates an in-progress update.
+
+ sec: number of seconds for wallclock.
+
+ nsec: number of nanoseconds for wallclock.
+
+ Note that although MSRs are per-CPU entities, the effect of this
+ particular MSR is global.
+
+ Availability of this MSR must be checked via bit 3 in 0x4000001 cpuid
+ leaf prior to usage.
+
+MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME_NEW: 0x4b564d01
+
+ data: 4-byte aligned physical address of a memory area which must be in
+ guest RAM, plus an enable bit in bit 0. This memory is expected to hold
+ a copy of the following structure:
+
+ struct pvclock_vcpu_time_info {
+ u32 version;
+ u32 pad0;
+ u64 tsc_timestamp;
+ u64 system_time;
+ u32 tsc_to_system_mul;
+ s8 tsc_shift;
+ u8 flags;
+ u8 pad[2];
+ } __attribute__((__packed__)); /* 32 bytes */
+
+ whose data will be filled in by the hypervisor periodically. Only one
+ write, or registration, is needed for each VCPU. The interval between
+ updates of this structure is arbitrary and implementation-dependent.
+ The hypervisor may update this structure at any time it sees fit until
+ anything with bit0 == 0 is written to it.
+
+ Fields have the following meanings:
+
+ version: guest has to check version before and after grabbing
+ time information and check that they are both equal and even.
+ An odd version indicates an in-progress update.
+
+ tsc_timestamp: the tsc value at the current VCPU at the time
+ of the update of this structure. Guests can subtract this value
+ from current tsc to derive a notion of elapsed time since the
+ structure update.
+
+ system_time: a host notion of monotonic time, including sleep
+ time at the time this structure was last updated. Unit is
+ nanoseconds.
+
+ tsc_to_system_mul: a function of the tsc frequency. One has
+ to multiply any tsc-related quantity by this value to get
+ a value in nanoseconds, besides dividing by 2^tsc_shift
+
+ tsc_shift: cycle to nanosecond divider, as a power of two, to
+ allow for shift rights. One has to shift right any tsc-related
+ quantity by this value to get a value in nanoseconds, besides
+ multiplying by tsc_to_system_mul.
+
+ With this information, guests can derive per-CPU time by
+ doing:
+
+ time = (current_tsc - tsc_timestamp)
+ time = (time * tsc_to_system_mul) >> tsc_shift
+ time = time + system_time
+
+ flags: bits in this field indicate extended capabilities
+ coordinated between the guest and the hypervisor. Availability
+ of specific flags has to be checked in 0x40000001 cpuid leaf.
+ Current flags are:
+
+ flag bit | cpuid bit | meaning
+ -------------------------------------------------------------
+ | | time measures taken across
+ 0 | 24 | multiple cpus are guaranteed to
+ | | be monotonic
+ -------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ Availability of this MSR must be checked via bit 3 in 0x4000001 cpuid
+ leaf prior to usage.
+
+
+MSR_KVM_WALL_CLOCK: 0x11
+
+ data and functioning: same as MSR_KVM_WALL_CLOCK_NEW. Use that instead.
+
+ This MSR falls outside the reserved KVM range and may be removed in the
+ future. Its usage is deprecated.
+
+ Availability of this MSR must be checked via bit 0 in 0x4000001 cpuid
+ leaf prior to usage.
+
+MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME: 0x12
+
+ data and functioning: same as MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME_NEW. Use that instead.
+
+ This MSR falls outside the reserved KVM range and may be removed in the
+ future. Its usage is deprecated.
+
+ Availability of this MSR must be checked via bit 0 in 0x4000001 cpuid
+ leaf prior to usage.
+
+ The suggested algorithm for detecting kvmclock presence is then:
+
+ if (!kvm_para_available()) /* refer to cpuid.txt */
+ return NON_PRESENT;
+
+ flags = cpuid_eax(0x40000001);
+ if (flags & 3) {
+ msr_kvm_system_time = MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME_NEW;
+ msr_kvm_wall_clock = MSR_KVM_WALL_CLOCK_NEW;
+ return PRESENT;
+ } else if (flags & 0) {
+ msr_kvm_system_time = MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME;
+ msr_kvm_wall_clock = MSR_KVM_WALL_CLOCK;
+ return PRESENT;
+ } else
+ return NON_PRESENT;
diff --git a/Documentation/kvm/review-checklist.txt b/Documentation/kvm/review-checklist.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..730475a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/kvm/review-checklist.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+Review checklist for kvm patches
+================================
+
+1. The patch must follow Documentation/CodingStyle and
+ Documentation/SubmittingPatches.
+
+2. Patches should be against kvm.git master branch.
+
+3. If the patch introduces or modifies a new userspace API:
+ - the API must be documented in Documentation/kvm/api.txt
+ - the API must be discoverable using KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION
+
+4. New state must include support for save/restore.
+
+5. New features must default to off (userspace should explicitly request them).
+ Performance improvements can and should default to on.
+
+6. New cpu features should be exposed via KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID2
+
+7. Emulator changes should be accompanied by unit tests for qemu-kvm.git
+ kvm/test directory.
+
+8. Changes should be vendor neutral when possible. Changes to common code
+ are better than duplicating changes to vendor code.
+
+9. Similarly, prefer changes to arch independent code than to arch dependent
+ code.
+
+10. User/kernel interfaces and guest/host interfaces must be 64-bit clean
+ (all variables and sizes naturally aligned on 64-bit; use specific types
+ only - u64 rather than ulong).
+
+11. New guest visible features must either be documented in a hardware manual
+ or be accompanied by documentation.
+
+12. Features must be robust against reset and kexec - for example, shared
+ host/guest memory must be unshared to prevent the host from writing to
+ guest memory that the guest has not reserved for this purpose.
diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/acer-wmi.txt b/Documentation/laptops/acer-wmi.txt
index 0768fcc..4beafa6 100644
--- a/Documentation/laptops/acer-wmi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/laptops/acer-wmi.txt
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Credits
*******
Olaf Tauber, who did the real hard work when he developed acerhk
-http://www.informatik.hu-berlin.de/~tauber/acerhk
+http://www.cakey.de/acerhk/
All the authors of laptop ACPI modules in the kernel, whose work
was an inspiration in the early days of acer_acpi
Mathieu Segaud, who solved the problem with having to modprobe the driver
diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt b/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt
index fc15538..f6f8025 100644
--- a/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt
@@ -960,70 +960,21 @@ Sysfs notes:
subsystem, and follow all of the hwmon guidelines at
Documentation/hwmon.
+EXPERIMENTAL: Embedded controller register dump
+-----------------------------------------------
-EXPERIMENTAL: Embedded controller register dump -- /proc/acpi/ibm/ecdump
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-This feature is marked EXPERIMENTAL because the implementation
-directly accesses hardware registers and may not work as expected. USE
-WITH CAUTION! To use this feature, you need to supply the
-experimental=1 parameter when loading the module.
-
-This feature dumps the values of 256 embedded controller
-registers. Values which have changed since the last time the registers
-were dumped are marked with a star:
-
-[root@x40 ibm-acpi]# cat /proc/acpi/ibm/ecdump
-EC +00 +01 +02 +03 +04 +05 +06 +07 +08 +09 +0a +0b +0c +0d +0e +0f
-EC 0x00: a7 47 87 01 fe 96 00 08 01 00 cb 00 00 00 40 00
-EC 0x10: 00 00 ff ff f4 3c 87 09 01 ff 42 01 ff ff 0d 00
-EC 0x20: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 43 00 00 80
-EC 0x30: 01 07 1a 00 30 04 00 00 *85 00 00 10 00 50 00 00
-EC 0x40: 00 00 00 00 00 00 14 01 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00
-EC 0x50: 00 c0 02 0d 00 01 01 02 02 03 03 03 03 *bc *02 *bc
-EC 0x60: *02 *bc *02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
-EC 0x70: 00 00 00 00 00 12 30 40 *24 *26 *2c *27 *20 80 *1f 80
-EC 0x80: 00 00 00 06 *37 *0e 03 00 00 00 0e 07 00 00 00 00
-EC 0x90: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
-EC 0xa0: *ff 09 ff 09 ff ff *64 00 *00 *00 *a2 41 *ff *ff *e0 00
-EC 0xb0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
-EC 0xc0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
-EC 0xd0: 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
-EC 0xe0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 11 20 49 04 24 06 55 03
-EC 0xf0: 31 55 48 54 35 38 57 57 08 2f 45 73 07 65 6c 1a
-
-This feature can be used to determine the register holding the fan
-speed on some models. To do that, do the following:
+This feature is not included in the thinkpad driver anymore.
+Instead the EC can be accessed through /sys/kernel/debug/ec with
+a userspace tool which can be found here:
+ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/trenn/sources/ec
+Use it to determine the register holding the fan
+speed on some models. To do that, do the following:
- make sure the battery is fully charged
- make sure the fan is running
- - run 'cat /proc/acpi/ibm/ecdump' several times, once per second or so
-
-The first step makes sure various charging-related values don't
-vary. The second ensures that the fan-related values do vary, since
-the fan speed fluctuates a bit. The third will (hopefully) mark the
-fan register with a star:
-
-[root@x40 ibm-acpi]# cat /proc/acpi/ibm/ecdump
-EC +00 +01 +02 +03 +04 +05 +06 +07 +08 +09 +0a +0b +0c +0d +0e +0f
-EC 0x00: a7 47 87 01 fe 96 00 08 01 00 cb 00 00 00 40 00
-EC 0x10: 00 00 ff ff f4 3c 87 09 01 ff 42 01 ff ff 0d 00
-EC 0x20: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 43 00 00 80
-EC 0x30: 01 07 1a 00 30 04 00 00 85 00 00 10 00 50 00 00
-EC 0x40: 00 00 00 00 00 00 14 01 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00
-EC 0x50: 00 c0 02 0d 00 01 01 02 02 03 03 03 03 bc 02 bc
-EC 0x60: 02 bc 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
-EC 0x70: 00 00 00 00 00 12 30 40 24 27 2c 27 21 80 1f 80
-EC 0x80: 00 00 00 06 *be 0d 03 00 00 00 0e 07 00 00 00 00
-EC 0x90: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
-EC 0xa0: ff 09 ff 09 ff ff 64 00 00 00 a2 41 ff ff e0 00
-EC 0xb0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
-EC 0xc0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
-EC 0xd0: 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
-EC 0xe0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 11 20 49 04 24 06 55 03
-EC 0xf0: 31 55 48 54 35 38 57 57 08 2f 45 73 07 65 6c 1a
-
-Another set of values that varies often is the temperature
+ - use above mentioned tool to read out the EC
+
+Often fan and temperature values vary between
readings. Since temperatures don't change vary fast, you can take
several quick dumps to eliminate them.
diff --git a/Documentation/ldm.txt b/Documentation/ldm.txt
index 718085b..4f80edd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ldm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ldm.txt
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ More Documentation
There is an Overview of the LDM together with complete Technical Documentation.
It is available for download.
- http://www.linux-ntfs.org/content/view/19/37/
+ http://www.linux-ntfs.org/
If you have any LDM questions that aren't answered in the documentation, email
me.
diff --git a/Documentation/md.txt b/Documentation/md.txt
index e4e893e..a81c7b4 100644
--- a/Documentation/md.txt
+++ b/Documentation/md.txt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Tools that manage md devices can be found at
- http://www.<country>.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/raid/....
+ http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/raid/
Boot time assembly of RAID arrays
diff --git a/Documentation/misc-devices/c2port.txt b/Documentation/misc-devices/c2port.txt
index d9bf93e..ea73444 100644
--- a/Documentation/misc-devices/c2port.txt
+++ b/Documentation/misc-devices/c2port.txt
@@ -32,10 +32,10 @@ The C2 Interface main references are at (http://www.silabs.com)
Silicon Laboratories site], see:
- AN127: FLASH Programming via the C2 Interface at
-http://www.silabs.com/public/documents/tpub_doc/anote/Microcontrollers/Small_Form_Factor/en/an127.pdf, and
+http://www.silabs.com/Support Documents/TechnicalDocs/an127.pdf
- C2 Specification at
-http://www.silabs.com/public/documents/tpub_doc/spec/Microcontrollers/en/C2spec.pdf,
+http://www.silabs.com/pages/DownloadDoc.aspx?FILEURL=Support%20Documents/TechnicalDocs/an127.pdf&src=SearchResults
however it implements a two wire serial communication protocol (bit
banging) designed to enable in-system programming, debugging, and
diff --git a/Documentation/mtd/nand_ecc.txt b/Documentation/mtd/nand_ecc.txt
index 274821b..990efd7 100644
--- a/Documentation/mtd/nand_ecc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/mtd/nand_ecc.txt
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ ECC 1 rp15 rp14 rp13 rp12 rp11 rp10 rp09 rp08
ECC 2 cp5 cp4 cp3 cp2 cp1 cp0 1 1
I detected after writing this that ST application note AN1823
-(http://www.st.com/stonline/books/pdf/docs/10123.pdf) gives a much
+(http://www.st.com/stonline/) gives a much
nicer picture.(but they use line parity as term where I use row parity)
Oh well, I'm graphically challenged, so suffer with me for a moment :-)
And I could not reuse the ST picture anyway for copyright reasons.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/3c509.txt b/Documentation/networking/3c509.txt
index 3c45d5d..dcc9eaf 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/3c509.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/3c509.txt
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ models:
Large portions of this documentation were heavily borrowed from the guide
written the original author of the 3c509 driver, Donald Becker. The master
copy of that document, which contains notes on older versions of the driver,
-currently resides on Scyld web server: http://www.scyld.com/network/3c509.html.
+currently resides on Scyld web server: http://www.scyld.com/.
(1) Special Driver Features
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/README.ipw2100 b/Documentation/networking/README.ipw2100
index f3fcaa4..6f85e1d 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/README.ipw2100
+++ b/Documentation/networking/README.ipw2100
@@ -72,8 +72,7 @@ such, if you are interested in deploying or shipping a driver as part of
solution intended to be used for purposes other than development, please
obtain a tested driver from Intel Customer Support at:
-http://support.intel.com/support/notebook/sb/CS-006408.htm
-
+http://www.intel.com/support/wireless/sb/CS-006408.htm
1. Introduction
-----------------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/README.ipw2200 b/Documentation/networking/README.ipw2200
index 80c7285..616a8e5 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/README.ipw2200
+++ b/Documentation/networking/README.ipw2200
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ such, if you are interested in deploying or shipping a driver as part of
solution intended to be used for purposes other than development, please
obtain a tested driver from Intel Customer Support at:
-http://support.intel.com/support/notebook/sb/CS-006408.htm
+http://support.intel.com
1. Introduction
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ Where the supported parameter are:
led
Can be used to turn on experimental LED code.
- 0 = Off, 1 = On. Default is 0.
+ 0 = Off, 1 = On. Default is 1.
mode
Can be used to set the default mode of the adapter.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/README.sb1000 b/Documentation/networking/README.sb1000
index f82d425..f92c2aa 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/README.sb1000
+++ b/Documentation/networking/README.sb1000
@@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ cable modem easy.
in Franco's original source code distribution .tar.gz file. Support for
the sb1000 driver can be found at:
- http://home.adelphia.net/~siglercm/sb1000.html
- http://linuxpower.cx/~cable/
+ http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://home.adelphia.net/~siglercm/sb1000.html
+ http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://linuxpower.cx/~cable/
along with these utilities.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt b/Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt
index 7960125..9ff5795 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ REAL NAME" to listserv@tichy.ch.uj.edu.pl. Then, to submit messages to the
list, mail to linux-arcnet@tichy.ch.uj.edu.pl.
There are archives of the mailing list at:
- http://tichy.ch.uj.edu.pl/lists/linux-arcnet
+ http://epistolary.org/mailman/listinfo.cgi/arcnet
The people on linux-net@vger.kernel.org have also been known to be very
helpful, especially when we're talking about ALPHA Linux kernels that may or
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Other Drivers and Info
----------------------
You can try my ARCNET page on the World Wide Web at:
- http://www.worldvisions.ca/~apenwarr/arcnet/
+ http://www.qis.net/~jschmitz/arcnet/
Also, SMC (one of the companies that makes ARCnet cards) has a WWW site you
might be interested in, which includes several drivers for various cards
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt b/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
index 61f516b..d2b62b7 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
@@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ Table of Contents
3.3 Configuring Bonding Manually with Ifenslave
3.3.1 Configuring Multiple Bonds Manually
3.4 Configuring Bonding Manually via Sysfs
+3.5 Overriding Configuration for Special Cases
4. Querying Bonding Configuration
4.1 Bonding Configuration
@@ -1318,8 +1319,87 @@ echo 2000 > /sys/class/net/bond1/bonding/arp_interval
echo +eth2 > /sys/class/net/bond1/bonding/slaves
echo +eth3 > /sys/class/net/bond1/bonding/slaves
-
-4. Querying Bonding Configuration
+3.5 Overriding Configuration for Special Cases
+----------------------------------------------
+When using the bonding driver, the physical port which transmits a frame is
+typically selected by the bonding driver, and is not relevant to the user or
+system administrator. The output port is simply selected using the policies of
+the selected bonding mode. On occasion however, it is helpful to direct certain
+classes of traffic to certain physical interfaces on output to implement
+slightly more complex policies. For example, to reach a web server over a
+bonded interface in which eth0 connects to a private network, while eth1
+connects via a public network, it may be desirous to bias the bond to send said
+traffic over eth0 first, using eth1 only as a fall back, while all other traffic
+can safely be sent over either interface. Such configurations may be achieved
+using the traffic control utilities inherent in linux.
+
+By default the bonding driver is multiqueue aware and 16 queues are created
+when the driver initializes (see Documentation/networking/multiqueue.txt
+for details). If more or less queues are desired the module parameter
+tx_queues can be used to change this value. There is no sysfs parameter
+available as the allocation is done at module init time.
+
+The output of the file /proc/net/bonding/bondX has changed so the output Queue
+ID is now printed for each slave:
+
+Bonding Mode: fault-tolerance (active-backup)
+Primary Slave: None
+Currently Active Slave: eth0
+MII Status: up
+MII Polling Interval (ms): 0
+Up Delay (ms): 0
+Down Delay (ms): 0
+
+Slave Interface: eth0
+MII Status: up
+Link Failure Count: 0
+Permanent HW addr: 00:1a:a0:12:8f:cb
+Slave queue ID: 0
+
+Slave Interface: eth1
+MII Status: up
+Link Failure Count: 0
+Permanent HW addr: 00:1a:a0:12:8f:cc
+Slave queue ID: 2
+
+The queue_id for a slave can be set using the command:
+
+# echo "eth1:2" > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/queue_id
+
+Any interface that needs a queue_id set should set it with multiple calls
+like the one above until proper priorities are set for all interfaces. On
+distributions that allow configuration via initscripts, multiple 'queue_id'
+arguments can be added to BONDING_OPTS to set all needed slave queues.
+
+These queue id's can be used in conjunction with the tc utility to configure
+a multiqueue qdisc and filters to bias certain traffic to transmit on certain
+slave devices. For instance, say we wanted, in the above configuration to
+force all traffic bound to 192.168.1.100 to use eth1 in the bond as its output
+device. The following commands would accomplish this:
+
+# tc qdisc add dev bond0 handle 1 root multiq
+
+# tc filter add dev bond0 protocol ip parent 1: prio 1 u32 match ip dst \
+ 192.168.1.100 action skbedit queue_mapping 2
+
+These commands tell the kernel to attach a multiqueue queue discipline to the
+bond0 interface and filter traffic enqueued to it, such that packets with a dst
+ip of 192.168.1.100 have their output queue mapping value overwritten to 2.
+This value is then passed into the driver, causing the normal output path
+selection policy to be overridden, selecting instead qid 2, which maps to eth1.
+
+Note that qid values begin at 1. Qid 0 is reserved to initiate to the driver
+that normal output policy selection should take place. One benefit to simply
+leaving the qid for a slave to 0 is the multiqueue awareness in the bonding
+driver that is now present. This awareness allows tc filters to be placed on
+slave devices as well as bond devices and the bonding driver will simply act as
+a pass-through for selecting output queues on the slave device rather than
+output port selection.
+
+This feature first appeared in bonding driver version 3.7.0 and support for
+output slave selection was limited to round-robin and active-backup modes.
+
+4 Querying Bonding Configuration
=================================
4.1 Bonding Configuration
@@ -2432,7 +2512,7 @@ be found at:
https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/bonding-devel
Donald Becker's Ethernet Drivers and diag programs may be found at :
- - http://www.scyld.com/network/
+ - http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.scyld.com/network/
You will also find a lot of information regarding Ethernet, NWay, MII,
etc. at www.scyld.com.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/caif/spi_porting.txt b/Documentation/networking/caif/spi_porting.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61d7c92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/networking/caif/spi_porting.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+- CAIF SPI porting -
+
+- CAIF SPI basics:
+
+Running CAIF over SPI needs some extra setup, owing to the nature of SPI.
+Two extra GPIOs have been added in order to negotiate the transfers
+ between the master and the slave. The minimum requirement for running
+CAIF over SPI is a SPI slave chip and two GPIOs (more details below).
+Please note that running as a slave implies that you need to keep up
+with the master clock. An overrun or underrun event is fatal.
+
+- CAIF SPI framework:
+
+To make porting as easy as possible, the CAIF SPI has been divided in
+two parts. The first part (called the interface part) deals with all
+generic functionality such as length framing, SPI frame negotiation
+and SPI frame delivery and transmission. The other part is the CAIF
+SPI slave device part, which is the module that you have to write if
+you want to run SPI CAIF on a new hardware. This part takes care of
+the physical hardware, both with regard to SPI and to GPIOs.
+
+- Implementing a CAIF SPI device:
+
+ - Functionality provided by the CAIF SPI slave device:
+
+ In order to implement a SPI device you will, as a minimum,
+ need to implement the following
+ functions:
+
+ int (*init_xfer) (struct cfspi_xfer * xfer, struct cfspi_dev *dev):
+
+ This function is called by the CAIF SPI interface to give
+ you a chance to set up your hardware to be ready to receive
+ a stream of data from the master. The xfer structure contains
+ both physical and logical adresses, as well as the total length
+ of the transfer in both directions.The dev parameter can be used
+ to map to different CAIF SPI slave devices.
+
+ void (*sig_xfer) (bool xfer, struct cfspi_dev *dev):
+
+ This function is called by the CAIF SPI interface when the output
+ (SPI_INT) GPIO needs to change state. The boolean value of the xfer
+ variable indicates whether the GPIO should be asserted (HIGH) or
+ deasserted (LOW). The dev parameter can be used to map to different CAIF
+ SPI slave devices.
+
+ - Functionality provided by the CAIF SPI interface:
+
+ void (*ss_cb) (bool assert, struct cfspi_ifc *ifc);
+
+ This function is called by the CAIF SPI slave device in order to
+ signal a change of state of the input GPIO (SS) to the interface.
+ Only active edges are mandatory to be reported.
+ This function can be called from IRQ context (recommended in order
+ not to introduce latency). The ifc parameter should be the pointer
+ returned from the platform probe function in the SPI device structure.
+
+ void (*xfer_done_cb) (struct cfspi_ifc *ifc);
+
+ This function is called by the CAIF SPI slave device in order to
+ report that a transfer is completed. This function should only be
+ called once both the transmission and the reception are completed.
+ This function can be called from IRQ context (recommended in order
+ not to introduce latency). The ifc parameter should be the pointer
+ returned from the platform probe function in the SPI device structure.
+
+ - Connecting the bits and pieces:
+
+ - Filling in the SPI slave device structure:
+
+ Connect the necessary callback functions.
+ Indicate clock speed (used to calculate toggle delays).
+ Chose a suitable name (helps debugging if you use several CAIF
+ SPI slave devices).
+ Assign your private data (can be used to map to your structure).
+
+ - Filling in the SPI slave platform device structure:
+ Add name of driver to connect to ("cfspi_sspi").
+ Assign the SPI slave device structure as platform data.
+
+- Padding:
+
+In order to optimize throughput, a number of SPI padding options are provided.
+Padding can be enabled independently for uplink and downlink transfers.
+Padding can be enabled for the head, the tail and for the total frame size.
+The padding needs to be correctly configured on both sides of the link.
+The padding can be changed via module parameters in cfspi_sspi.c or via
+the sysfs directory of the cfspi_sspi driver (before device registration).
+
+- CAIF SPI device template:
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) ST-Ericsson AB 2010
+ * Author: Daniel Martensson / Daniel.Martensson@stericsson.com
+ * License terms: GNU General Public License (GPL), version 2.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <linux/init.h>
+#include <linux/module.h>
+#include <linux/device.h>
+#include <linux/wait.h>
+#include <linux/interrupt.h>
+#include <linux/dma-mapping.h>
+#include <net/caif/caif_spi.h>
+
+MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
+
+struct sspi_struct {
+ struct cfspi_dev sdev;
+ struct cfspi_xfer *xfer;
+};
+
+static struct sspi_struct slave;
+static struct platform_device slave_device;
+
+static irqreturn_t sspi_irq(int irq, void *arg)
+{
+ /* You only need to trigger on an edge to the active state of the
+ * SS signal. Once a edge is detected, the ss_cb() function should be
+ * called with the parameter assert set to true. It is OK
+ * (and even advised) to call the ss_cb() function in IRQ context in
+ * order not to add any delay. */
+
+ return IRQ_HANDLED;
+}
+
+static void sspi_complete(void *context)
+{
+ /* Normally the DMA or the SPI framework will call you back
+ * in something similar to this. The only thing you need to
+ * do is to call the xfer_done_cb() function, providing the pointer
+ * to the CAIF SPI interface. It is OK to call this function
+ * from IRQ context. */
+}
+
+static int sspi_init_xfer(struct cfspi_xfer *xfer, struct cfspi_dev *dev)
+{
+ /* Store transfer info. For a normal implementation you should
+ * set up your DMA here and make sure that you are ready to
+ * receive the data from the master SPI. */
+
+ struct sspi_struct *sspi = (struct sspi_struct *)dev->priv;
+
+ sspi->xfer = xfer;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void sspi_sig_xfer(bool xfer, struct cfspi_dev *dev)
+{
+ /* If xfer is true then you should assert the SPI_INT to indicate to
+ * the master that you are ready to recieve the data from the master
+ * SPI. If xfer is false then you should de-assert SPI_INT to indicate
+ * that the transfer is done.
+ */
+
+ struct sspi_struct *sspi = (struct sspi_struct *)dev->priv;
+}
+
+static void sspi_release(struct device *dev)
+{
+ /*
+ * Here you should release your SPI device resources.
+ */
+}
+
+static int __init sspi_init(void)
+{
+ /* Here you should initialize your SPI device by providing the
+ * necessary functions, clock speed, name and private data. Once
+ * done, you can register your device with the
+ * platform_device_register() function. This function will return
+ * with the CAIF SPI interface initialized. This is probably also
+ * the place where you should set up your GPIOs, interrupts and SPI
+ * resources. */
+
+ int res = 0;
+
+ /* Initialize slave device. */
+ slave.sdev.init_xfer = sspi_init_xfer;
+ slave.sdev.sig_xfer = sspi_sig_xfer;
+ slave.sdev.clk_mhz = 13;
+ slave.sdev.priv = &slave;
+ slave.sdev.name = "spi_sspi";
+ slave_device.dev.release = sspi_release;
+
+ /* Initialize platform device. */
+ slave_device.name = "cfspi_sspi";
+ slave_device.dev.platform_data = &slave.sdev;
+
+ /* Register platform device. */
+ res = platform_device_register(&slave_device);
+ if (res) {
+ printk(KERN_WARNING "sspi_init: failed to register dev.\n");
+ return -ENODEV;
+ }
+
+ return res;
+}
+
+static void __exit sspi_exit(void)
+{
+ platform_device_del(&slave_device);
+}
+
+module_init(sspi_init);
+module_exit(sspi_exit);
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/decnet.txt b/Documentation/networking/decnet.txt
index d896895..e12a490 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/decnet.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/decnet.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
1) Other documentation....
o Project Home Pages
- http://www.chygwyn.com/DECnet/ - Kernel info
+ http://www.chygwyn.com/ - Kernel info
http://linux-decnet.sourceforge.net/ - Userland tools
http://www.sourceforge.net/projects/linux-decnet/ - Status page
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt b/Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt
index b1f337f..6e0d2a9 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ version. Alternative binary firmware images can be found somewhere on the
ForeThought CD-ROM supplied with your adapter by FORE Systems.
You can also get the latest firmware images from FORE Systems at
-http://www.fore.com. Register TACTics Online and go to
+http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FORE_Systems. Register TACTics Online and go to
the 'software updates' pages. The firmware binaries are part of
the various ForeThought software distributions.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
index d0536b5..f350c69 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
@@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ arp_ignore - INTEGER
arp_notify - BOOLEAN
Define mode for notification of address and device changes.
0 - (default): do nothing
- 1 - Generate gratuitous arp replies when device is brought up
+ 1 - Generate gratuitous arp requests when device is brought up
or hardware address changes.
arp_accept - BOOLEAN
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt b/Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt
index 661a555..ba5c217 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt
@@ -36,11 +36,6 @@ AppleTalk-IP to IP decapsulation.
Basic instructions for user space tools
=======================================
-To enable AppleTalk-IP decapsulation/encapsulation you will need the
-proper tools. You can get the tools for decapsulation from
-http://spacs1.spacs.k12.wi.us/~jschlst/index.html and for encapsulation
-from http://www.maths.unm.edu/~bradford/ltpc.html
-
I will briefly describe the operation of the tools, but you will
need to consult the supporting documentation for each set of tools.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/iphase.txt b/Documentation/networking/iphase.txt
index 55eac4a..670b72f 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/iphase.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/iphase.txt
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ The features and limitations of this driver are as follows:
- All variants of Interphase ATM PCI (i)Chip adapter cards are supported,
including x575 (OC3, control memory 128K , 512K and packet memory 128K,
512K and 1M), x525 (UTP25) and x531 (DS3 and E3). See
- http://www.iphase.com/site/iphase-web/?epi_menuItemID=e196f04b4b3b40502f150882e21046a0
+ http://www.iphase.com/
for details.
- Only x86 platforms are supported.
- SMP is supported.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt
index 98f71a5..073894d 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ capture network traffic with utilities like tcpdump or any other that needs
raw access to network interface.
You can find the latest version of this document at:
- http://pusa.uv.es/~ulisses/packet_mmap/
+ http://wiki.ipxwarzone.com/index.php5?title=Linux_packet_mmap
Howto can be found at:
http://wiki.gnu-log.net (packet_mmap)
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ support for PACKET_MMAP, and also probably the libpcap included in your distribu
I'm aware of two implementations of PACKET_MMAP in libpcap:
- http://pusa.uv.es/~ulisses/packet_mmap/ (by Simon Patarin, based on libpcap 0.6.2)
+ http://wiki.ipxwarzone.com/ (by Simon Patarin, based on libpcap 0.6.2)
http://public.lanl.gov/cpw/ (by Phil Wood, based on lastest libpcap)
The rest of this document is intended for people who want to understand
@@ -493,6 +493,32 @@ The user can also use poll() to check if a buffer is available:
pfd.events = POLLOUT;
retval = poll(&pfd, 1, timeout);
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
++ PACKET_TIMESTAMP
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The PACKET_TIMESTAMP setting determines the source of the timestamp in
+the packet meta information. If your NIC is capable of timestamping
+packets in hardware, you can request those hardware timestamps to used.
+Note: you may need to enable the generation of hardware timestamps with
+SIOCSHWTSTAMP.
+
+PACKET_TIMESTAMP accepts the same integer bit field as
+SO_TIMESTAMPING. However, only the SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE
+and SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE values are recognized by
+PACKET_TIMESTAMP. SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE takes precedence over
+SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE if both bits are set.
+
+ int req = 0;
+ req |= SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE;
+ setsockopt(fd, SOL_PACKET, PACKET_TIMESTAMP, (void *) &req, sizeof(req))
+
+If PACKET_TIMESTAMP is not set, a software timestamp generated inside
+the networking stack is used (the behavior before this setting was added).
+
+See include/linux/net_tstamp.h and Documentation/networking/timestamping
+for more information on hardware timestamps.
+
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ THANKS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt b/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt
index 61bb645..75e4fd7 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt
@@ -151,6 +151,8 @@ Examples:
pgset stop aborts injection. Also, ^C aborts generator.
+ pgset "rate 300M" set rate to 300 Mb/s
+ pgset "ratep 1000000" set rate to 1Mpps
Example scripts
===============
@@ -241,6 +243,9 @@ src6
flows
flowlen
+rate
+ratep
+
References:
ftp://robur.slu.se/pub/Linux/net-development/pktgen-testing/
ftp://robur.slu.se/pub/Linux/net-development/pktgen-testing/examples/
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ray_cs.txt b/Documentation/networking/ray_cs.txt
index 145d27a..c0c1230 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/ray_cs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/ray_cs.txt
@@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ wireless LAN cards.
As of kernel 2.3.18, the ray_cs driver is part of the Linux kernel
source. My web page for the development of ray_cs is at
-http://world.std.com/~corey/raylink.html and I can be emailed at
-corey@world.std.com
+http://web.ralinktech.com/ralink/Home/Support/Linux.html
+and I can be emailed at corey@world.std.com
The kernel driver is based on ray_cs-1.62.tgz
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/s2io.txt b/Documentation/networking/s2io.txt
index c3d6b4d..9d4e0f4 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/s2io.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/s2io.txt
@@ -133,7 +133,8 @@ bring down CPU utilization.
** For AMD opteron platforms with 8131 chipset, MMRBC=1 and MOST=1 are
recommended as safe parameters.
For more information, please review the AMD8131 errata at
-http://www.amd.com/us-en/assets/content_type/white_papers_and_tech_docs/26310.pdf
+http://vip.amd.com/us-en/assets/content_type/white_papers_and_tech_docs/
+26310_AMD-8131_HyperTransport_PCI-X_Tunnel_Revision_Guide_rev_3_18.pdf
6. Available Downloads
Neterion "s2io" driver in Red Hat and Suse 2.6-based distributions is kept up
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/tlan.txt b/Documentation/networking/tlan.txt
index 7e6aa5b..34550df 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/tlan.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/tlan.txt
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
(C) 1998 James Banks
(C) 1999-2001 Torben Mathiasen <tmm@image.dk, torben.mathiasen@compaq.com>
-For driver information/updates visit http://opensource.compaq.com
+For driver information/updates visit http://www.compaq.com
TLAN driver for Linux, version 1.14a
@@ -113,5 +113,5 @@ III. Things to try if you have problems.
There is also a tlan mailing list which you can join by sending "subscribe tlan"
in the body of an email to majordomo@vuser.vu.union.edu.
-There is also a tlan website at http://opensource.compaq.com
+There is also a tlan website at http://www.compaq.com
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/udplite.txt b/Documentation/networking/udplite.txt
index 855d8da..d727a38 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/udplite.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/udplite.txt
@@ -11,11 +11,13 @@
This file briefly describes the existing kernel support and the socket API.
For in-depth information, you can consult:
- o The UDP-Lite Homepage: http://www.erg.abdn.ac.uk/users/gerrit/udp-lite/
+ o The UDP-Lite Homepage:
+ http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.erg.abdn.ac.uk/users/gerrit/udp-lite/
From here you can also download some example application source code.
o The UDP-Lite HOWTO on
- http://www.erg.abdn.ac.uk/users/gerrit/udp-lite/files/UDP-Lite-HOWTO.txt
+ http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.erg.abdn.ac.uk/users/gerrit/udp-lite/
+ files/UDP-Lite-HOWTO.txt
o The Wireshark UDP-Lite WiKi (with capture files):
http://wiki.wireshark.org/Lightweight_User_Datagram_Protocol
@@ -26,12 +28,7 @@
I) APPLICATIONS
Several applications have been ported successfully to UDP-Lite. Ethereal
- (now called wireshark) has UDP-Litev4/v6 support by default. The tarball on
-
- http://www.erg.abdn.ac.uk/users/gerrit/udp-lite/files/udplite_linux.tar.gz
-
- has source code for several v4/v6 client-server and network testing examples.
-
+ (now called wireshark) has UDP-Litev4/v6 support by default.
Porting applications to UDP-Lite is straightforward: only socket level and
IPPROTO need to be changed; senders additionally set the checksum coverage
length (default = header length = 8). Details are in the next section.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/wavelan.txt b/Documentation/networking/wavelan.txt
index afa6e52..90e0ac4 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/wavelan.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/wavelan.txt
@@ -50,7 +50,8 @@ and a Lucent Modem, and NOT 802.11 compatible.
-----------------
o Config : Not yet in kernel
o Location : Pcmcia package 3.1.10+
- o on-line doc : http://www.fasta.fh-dortmund.de/users/andy/wvlan/
+ o on-line doc :
+ http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.fasta.fh-dortmund.de/users/andy/wvlan/
This is the driver for the current generation of Wavelan IEEE,
which is 802.11 compatible. Depending on version, it is 2 Mb/s or 11
diff --git a/Documentation/padata.txt b/Documentation/padata.txt
index 269d7d0d..473ebf2 100644
--- a/Documentation/padata.txt
+++ b/Documentation/padata.txt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
The padata parallel execution mechanism
-Last updated for 2.6.34
+Last updated for 2.6.36
Padata is a mechanism by which the kernel can farm work out to be done in
parallel on multiple CPUs while retaining the ordering of tasks. It was
@@ -13,31 +13,86 @@ overall control of how tasks are to be run:
#include <linux/padata.h>
- struct padata_instance *padata_alloc(const struct cpumask *cpumask,
- struct workqueue_struct *wq);
+ struct padata_instance *padata_alloc(struct workqueue_struct *wq,
+ const struct cpumask *pcpumask,
+ const struct cpumask *cbcpumask);
-The cpumask describes which processors will be used to execute work
-submitted to this instance. The workqueue wq is where the work will
-actually be done; it should be a multithreaded queue, naturally.
+The pcpumask describes which processors will be used to execute work
+submitted to this instance in parallel. The cbcpumask defines which
+processors are allowed to use as the serialization callback processor.
+The workqueue wq is where the work will actually be done; it should be
+a multithreaded queue, naturally.
+
+To allocate a padata instance with the cpu_possible_mask for both
+cpumasks this helper function can be used:
+
+ struct padata_instance *padata_alloc_possible(struct workqueue_struct *wq);
+
+Note: Padata maintains two kinds of cpumasks internally. The user supplied
+cpumasks, submitted by padata_alloc/padata_alloc_possible and the 'usable'
+cpumasks. The usable cpumasks are always the subset of active cpus in the
+user supplied cpumasks, these are the cpumasks padata actually use. So
+it is legal to supply a cpumask to padata that contains offline cpus.
+Once a offline cpu in the user supplied cpumask comes online, padata
+is going to use it.
There are functions for enabling and disabling the instance:
- void padata_start(struct padata_instance *pinst);
+ int padata_start(struct padata_instance *pinst);
void padata_stop(struct padata_instance *pinst);
-These functions literally do nothing beyond setting or clearing the
-"padata_start() was called" flag; if that flag is not set, other functions
-will refuse to work.
+These functions are setting or clearing the "PADATA_INIT" flag;
+if that flag is not set, other functions will refuse to work.
+padata_start returns zero on success (flag set) or -EINVAL if the
+padata cpumask contains no active cpu (flag not set).
+padata_stop clears the flag and blocks until the padata instance
+is unused.
The list of CPUs to be used can be adjusted with these functions:
- int padata_set_cpumask(struct padata_instance *pinst,
+ int padata_set_cpumasks(struct padata_instance *pinst,
+ cpumask_var_t pcpumask,
+ cpumask_var_t cbcpumask);
+ int padata_set_cpumask(struct padata_instance *pinst, int cpumask_type,
cpumask_var_t cpumask);
- int padata_add_cpu(struct padata_instance *pinst, int cpu);
- int padata_remove_cpu(struct padata_instance *pinst, int cpu);
+ int padata_add_cpu(struct padata_instance *pinst, int cpu, int mask);
+ int padata_remove_cpu(struct padata_instance *pinst, int cpu, int mask);
+
+Changing the CPU masks are expensive operations, though, so it should not be
+done with great frequency.
+
+It's possible to change both cpumasks of a padata instance with
+padata_set_cpumasks by specifying the cpumasks for parallel execution (pcpumask)
+and for the serial callback function (cbcpumask). padata_set_cpumask is to
+change just one of the cpumasks. Here cpumask_type is one of PADATA_CPU_SERIAL,
+PADATA_CPU_PARALLEL and cpumask specifies the new cpumask to use.
+To simply add or remove one cpu from a certain cpumask the functions
+padata_add_cpu/padata_remove_cpu are used. cpu specifies the cpu to add or
+remove and mask is one of PADATA_CPU_SERIAL, PADATA_CPU_PARALLEL.
+
+If a user is interested in padata cpumask changes, he can register to
+the padata cpumask change notifier:
+
+ int padata_register_cpumask_notifier(struct padata_instance *pinst,
+ struct notifier_block *nblock);
+
+To unregister from that notifier:
+
+ int padata_unregister_cpumask_notifier(struct padata_instance *pinst,
+ struct notifier_block *nblock);
+
+The padata cpumask change notifier notifies about changes of the usable
+cpumasks, i.e. the subset of active cpus in the user supplied cpumask.
+
+Padata calls the notifier chain with:
+
+ blocking_notifier_call_chain(&pinst->cpumask_change_notifier,
+ notification_mask,
+ &pd_new->cpumask);
-Changing the CPU mask has the look of an expensive operation, though, so it
-probably should not be done with great frequency.
+Here cpumask_change_notifier is registered notifier, notification_mask
+is one of PADATA_CPU_SERIAL, PADATA_CPU_PARALLEL and cpumask is a pointer
+to a struct padata_cpumask that contains the new cpumask informations.
Actually submitting work to the padata instance requires the creation of a
padata_priv structure:
@@ -50,7 +105,7 @@ padata_priv structure:
This structure will almost certainly be embedded within some larger
structure specific to the work to be done. Most its fields are private to
-padata, but the structure should be zeroed at initialization time, and the
+padata, but the structure should be zeroed at initialisation time, and the
parallel() and serial() functions should be provided. Those functions will
be called in the process of getting the work done as we will see
momentarily.
@@ -63,12 +118,10 @@ The submission of work is done with:
The pinst and padata structures must be set up as described above; cb_cpu
specifies which CPU will be used for the final callback when the work is
done; it must be in the current instance's CPU mask. The return value from
-padata_do_parallel() is a little strange; zero is an error return
-indicating that the caller forgot the padata_start() formalities. -EBUSY
-means that somebody, somewhere else is messing with the instance's CPU
-mask, while -EINVAL is a complaint about cb_cpu not being in that CPU mask.
-If all goes well, this function will return -EINPROGRESS, indicating that
-the work is in progress.
+padata_do_parallel() is zero on success, indicating that the work is in
+progress. -EBUSY means that somebody, somewhere else is messing with the
+instance's CPU mask, while -EINVAL is a complaint about cb_cpu not being
+in that CPU mask or about a not running instance.
Each task submitted to padata_do_parallel() will, in turn, be passed to
exactly one call to the above-mentioned parallel() function, on one CPU, so
diff --git a/Documentation/pcmcia/driver-changes.txt b/Documentation/pcmcia/driver-changes.txt
index 61bc4e9..26c0f9c 100644
--- a/Documentation/pcmcia/driver-changes.txt
+++ b/Documentation/pcmcia/driver-changes.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,16 @@
This file details changes in 2.6 which affect PCMCIA card driver authors:
+* pcmcia_request_io changes (as of 2.6.36)
+ Instead of io_req_t, drivers are now requested to fill out
+ struct pcmcia_device *p_dev->resource[0,1] for up to two ioport
+ ranges. After a call to pcmcia_request_io(), the ports found there
+ are reserved, after calling pcmcia_request_configuration(), they may
+ be used.
+
+* No dev_info_t, no cs_types.h (as of 2.6.36)
+ dev_info_t and a few other typedefs are removed. No longer use them
+ in PCMCIA device drivers. Also, do not include pcmcia/cs_types.h, as
+ this file is gone.
+
* No dev_node_t (as of 2.6.35)
There is no more need to fill out a "dev_node_t" structure.
diff --git a/Documentation/power/apm-acpi.txt b/Documentation/power/apm-acpi.txt
index 1bd799d..6cc423d 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/apm-acpi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/apm-acpi.txt
@@ -28,5 +28,5 @@ and be sure that they are started sometime in the system boot process.
Go ahead and start both. If ACPI or APM is not available on your
system the associated daemon will exit gracefully.
- apmd: http://worldvisions.ca/~apenwarr/apmd/
+ apmd: http://ftp.debian.org/pool/main/a/apmd/
acpid: http://acpid.sf.net/
diff --git a/Documentation/power/basic-pm-debugging.txt b/Documentation/power/basic-pm-debugging.txt
index 1555001..ddd78172 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/basic-pm-debugging.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/basic-pm-debugging.txt
@@ -179,8 +179,7 @@ use the PM_TRACE mechanism documented in Documentation/s2ram.txt .
To verify that the STR works, it is generally more convenient to use the s2ram
tool available from http://suspend.sf.net and documented at
-http://en.opensuse.org/s2ram . However, before doing that it is recommended to
-carry out STR testing using the facility described in section 1.
+http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Suspend_to_RAM.
Namely, after writing "freezer", "devices", "platform", "processors", or "core"
into /sys/power/pm_test (available if the kernel is compiled with
diff --git a/Documentation/power/tricks.txt b/Documentation/power/tricks.txt
index 3b26bb5..a1b8f72 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/tricks.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/tricks.txt
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
swsusp/S3 tricks
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Pavel Machek <pavel@suse.cz>
+Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
If you want to trick swsusp/S3 into working, you might want to try:
diff --git a/Documentation/power/video.txt b/Documentation/power/video.txt
index 2b35849..3e6272b 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/video.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/video.txt
@@ -67,11 +67,11 @@ There are a few types of systems where video works after S3 resume:
POSTing bios works. Ole Rohne has patch to do just that at
http://dev.gentoo.org/~marineam/patch-radeonfb-2.6.11-rc2-mm2.
-(8) on some systems, you can use the video_post utility mentioned here:
- http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=3670. Do echo 3 > /sys/power/state
- && /usr/sbin/video_post - which will initialize the display in console mode.
- If you are in X, you can switch to a virtual terminal and back to X using
- CTRL+ALT+F1 - CTRL+ALT+F7 to get the display working in graphical mode again.
+(8) on some systems, you can use the video_post utility and or
+ do echo 3 > /sys/power/state && /usr/sbin/video_post - which will
+ initialize the display in console mode. If you are in X, you can switch
+ to a virtual terminal and back to X using CTRL+ALT+F1 - CTRL+ALT+F7 to get
+ the display working in graphical mode again.
Now, if you pass acpi_sleep=something, and it does not work with your
bios, you'll get a hard crash during resume. Be careful. Also it is
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Mainboard Graphics card hack (or "how to do it")
Asus A7V8X nVidia RIVA TNT2 model 64 s3_bios,s3_mode (4)
-(*) from http://www.ubuntulinux.org/wiki/HoaryPMResults, not sure
+(*) from https://wiki.ubuntu.com/HoaryPMResults, not sure
which options to use. If you know, please tell me.
(***) To be tested with a newer kernel.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt
index 46d2210..568fa08 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt
@@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ IV - "dtc", the device tree compiler
dtc source code can be found at
-<http://ozlabs.org/~dgibson/dtc/dtc.tar.gz>
+<http://git.jdl.com/gitweb/?p=dtc.git>
WARNING: This version is still in early development stage; the
resulting device-tree "blobs" have not yet been validated with the
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/diu.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/diu.txt
index deb35de..b66cb6d 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/diu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/diu.txt
@@ -4,10 +4,17 @@ The Freescale DIU is a LCD controller, with proper hardware, it can also
drive DVI monitors.
Required properties:
-- compatible : should be "fsl-diu".
+- compatible : should be "fsl,diu" or "fsl,mpc5121-diu".
- reg : should contain at least address and length of the DIU register
set.
-- Interrupts : one DIU interrupt should be describe here.
+- interrupts : one DIU interrupt should be described here.
+- interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that
+ services interrupts for this device.
+
+Optional properties:
+- edid : verbatim EDID data block describing attached display.
+ Data from the detailed timing descriptor will be used to
+ program the display controller.
Example (MPC8610HPCD):
display@2c000 {
@@ -16,3 +23,12 @@ Example (MPC8610HPCD):
interrupts = <72 2>;
interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
};
+
+Example for MPC5121:
+ display@2100 {
+ compatible = "fsl,mpc5121-diu";
+ reg = <0x2100 0x100>;
+ interrupts = <64 0x8>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&ipic>;
+ edid = [edid-data];
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/i2c.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/i2c.txt
index 50da203..1eacd6b 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/i2c.txt
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/i2c.txt
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ Recommended properties :
- fsl,preserve-clocking : boolean; if defined, the clock settings
from the bootloader are preserved (not touched).
- clock-frequency : desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz.
+ - fsl,timeout : I2C bus timeout in microseconds.
Examples :
@@ -59,4 +60,5 @@ Examples :
interrupts = <43 2>;
interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
clock-frequency = <400000>;
+ fsl,timeout = <10000>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/rt-mutex-design.txt b/Documentation/rt-mutex-design.txt
index 8df0b78..33ed800 100644
--- a/Documentation/rt-mutex-design.txt
+++ b/Documentation/rt-mutex-design.txt
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ process this is rather easy to know what needs to be adjusted.
The functions implementing the task adjustments are rt_mutex_adjust_prio,
__rt_mutex_adjust_prio (same as the former, but expects the task pi_lock
-to already be taken), rt_mutex_get_prio, and rt_mutex_setprio.
+to already be taken), rt_mutex_getprio, and rt_mutex_setprio.
rt_mutex_getprio and rt_mutex_setprio are only used in __rt_mutex_adjust_prio.
diff --git a/Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt b/Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt
index 1eb576a..86f9f74 100644
--- a/Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt
+++ b/Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt
@@ -2531,5 +2531,5 @@ Special Thanks
==============
Special thanks to Neale Ferguson who maintains a much
prettier HTML version of this page at
-http://penguinvm.princeton.edu/notes.html#Debug390
+http://linuxvm.org/penguinvm/
Bob Grainger Stefan Bader & others for reporting bugs
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/BusLogic.txt b/Documentation/scsi/BusLogic.txt
index 98023ba..d7fbc94 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/BusLogic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/BusLogic.txt
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ tune driver performance and error recovery to their particular needs.
The latest information on Linux support for BusLogic SCSI Host Adapters, as
well as the most recent release of this driver and the latest firmware for the
BT-948/958/958D, will always be available from my Linux Home Page at URL
-"http://www.dandelion.com/Linux/".
+"http://sourceforge.net/projects/dandelion/".
Bug reports should be sent via electronic mail to "lnz@dandelion.com". Please
include with the bug report the complete configuration messages reported by the
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc
index e759e92..337c924 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc
@@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ Changes from 20040908 to 20040920
lpfc_disc_done/lpfc_do_dpc cleanup - lpfc_disc_done can return
void - move lpfc_do_dpc and lpfc_disc_done to lpfc_hbadisc.c -
remove checking of list emptiness before calling lpfc_disc_done,
- it handles the emtpy list case just fine and the additional
+ it handles the empty list case just fine and the additional
instructions cost less then the bustlocked spinlock operations.
* Integrated patch from Christoph Hellwig: This adds a new 64bit
counter instead, brd_no isn't reused anymore. Also some tiny
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid
index 38e9e7c..5e07d32 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ Older Version : 2.20.4.5 (scsi module), 2.20.2.5 (cmm module)
3. Convert pci_module_init to pci_register_driver
Convert from pci_module_init to pci_register_driver
- (from:http://kerneljanitors.org/TODO)
+ (from:http://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors/TODO)
- Signed-off-by: Domen Puncer <domen@coderock.org>
4. Use the pre defined DMA mask constants from dma-mapping.h
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/FlashPoint.txt b/Documentation/scsi/FlashPoint.txt
index 1540a92..5b5f29c 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/FlashPoint.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/FlashPoint.txt
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ operating system support to its BusLogic brand of FlashPoint Ultra SCSI
host adapters. All of BusLogic's other SCSI host adapters, including the
MultiMaster line, currently support the Linux operating system. Linux
drivers and information will be available on October 15th at
-http://www.dandelion.com/Linux/.
+http://sourceforge.net/projects/dandelion/.
"Mylex is committed to supporting the Linux community," says Peter Shambora,
vice president of marketing for Mylex. "We have supported Linux driver
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Linux is a freely-distributed implementation of UNIX for Intel x86, Sun
SPARC, SGI MIPS, Motorola 68k, Digital Alpha AXP and Motorola PowerPC
machines. It supports a wide range of software, including the X Window
System, Emacs, and TCP/IP networking. Further information is available at
-http://www.linux.org and http://www.ssc.com/linux.
+http://www.linux.org and http://www.ssc.com/.
FlashPoint Host Adapters
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/Mylex.txt b/Documentation/scsi/Mylex.txt
index cdf6929..3797f3e 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/Mylex.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/Mylex.txt
@@ -2,4 +2,4 @@ Please see the file README.BusLogic for information about Linux support for
Mylex (formerly BusLogic) MultiMaster and FlashPoint SCSI Host Adapters.
The Mylex DAC960 PCI RAID Controllers are now supported. Please consult
-http://www.dandelion.com/Linux/ for further information on the DAC960 driver.
+http://sourceforge.net/projects/dandelion for further information on the DAC960 driver.
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/NinjaSCSI.txt b/Documentation/scsi/NinjaSCSI.txt
index 3229b64..ac8db8c 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/NinjaSCSI.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/NinjaSCSI.txt
@@ -3,8 +3,6 @@
1. Comment
This is Workbit corp.'s(http://www.workbit.co.jp/) NinjaSCSI-3
-(http://www.workbit.co.jp/ts/z_nj3r.html) and NinjaSCSI-32Bi
-(http://www.workbit.co.jp/ts/z_njsc32bi.html) PCMCIA card driver module
for Linux.
2. My Linux environment
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt b/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt
index c014ecc..16e054c 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ The following information is available in this file:
http://www.adaptec.com/buy-cables/.
Europe
- - Visit our Web site at http://www.adaptec-europe.com/.
+ - Visit our Web site at http://www.adaptec.com/en-US/_common/world_index.
- To speak with a Technical Support Specialist, call, or email,
* German: +49 89 4366 5522, Monday-Friday, 9:00-17:00 CET,
http://ask-de.adaptec.com/.
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt b/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt
index b7e238c..18f8d19 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ The following information is available in this file:
http://www.adaptec.com/buy-cables/.
Europe
- - Visit our Web site at http://www.adaptec-europe.com/.
+ - Visit our Web site at http://www.adaptec.com/en-US/_common/world_index.
- To speak with a Technical Support Specialist, call, or email,
* German: +49 89 4366 5522, Monday-Friday, 9:00-17:00 CET,
http://ask-de.adaptec.com/.
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/hpsa.txt b/Documentation/scsi/hpsa.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dca6583
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/hpsa.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+
+HPSA - Hewlett Packard Smart Array driver
+-----------------------------------------
+
+This file describes the hpsa SCSI driver for HP Smart Array controllers.
+The hpsa driver is intended to supplant the cciss driver for newer
+Smart Array controllers. The hpsa driver is a SCSI driver, while the
+cciss driver is a "block" driver. Actually cciss is both a block
+driver (for logical drives) AND a SCSI driver (for tape drives). This
+"split-brained" design of the cciss driver is a source of excess
+complexity and eliminating that complexity is one of the reasons
+for hpsa to exist.
+
+Supported devices:
+------------------
+
+Smart Array P212
+Smart Array P410
+Smart Array P410i
+Smart Array P411
+Smart Array P812
+Smart Array P712m
+Smart Array P711m
+StorageWorks P1210m
+
+Additionally, older Smart Arrays may work with the hpsa driver if the kernel
+boot parameter "hpsa_allow_any=1" is specified, however these are not tested
+nor supported by HP with this driver. For older Smart Arrays, the cciss
+driver should still be used.
+
+HPSA specific entries in /sys
+-----------------------------
+
+ In addition to the generic SCSI attributes available in /sys, hpsa supports
+ the following attributes:
+
+ HPSA specific host attributes:
+ ------------------------------
+
+ /sys/class/scsi_host/host*/rescan
+ /sys/class/scsi_host/host*/firmware_revision
+
+ the host "rescan" attribute is a write only attribute. Writing to this
+ attribute will cause the driver to scan for new, changed, or removed devices
+ (e.g. hot-plugged tape drives, or newly configured or deleted logical drives,
+ etc.) and notify the SCSI midlayer of any changes detected. Normally this is
+ triggered automatically by HP's Array Configuration Utility (either the GUI or
+ command line variety) so for logical drive changes, the user should not
+ normally have to use this. It may be useful when hot plugging devices like
+ tape drives, or entire storage boxes containing pre-configured logical drives.
+
+ The "firmware_revision" attribute contains the firmware version of the Smart Array.
+ For example:
+
+ root@host:/sys/class/scsi_host/host4# cat firmware_revision
+ 7.14
+
+ HPSA specific disk attributes:
+ ------------------------------
+
+ /sys/class/scsi_disk/c:b:t:l/device/unique_id
+ /sys/class/scsi_disk/c:b:t:l/device/raid_level
+ /sys/class/scsi_disk/c:b:t:l/device/lunid
+
+ (where c:b:t:l are the controller, bus, target and lun of the device)
+
+ For example:
+
+ root@host:/sys/class/scsi_disk/4:0:0:0/device# cat unique_id
+ 600508B1001044395355323037570F77
+ root@host:/sys/class/scsi_disk/4:0:0:0/device# cat lunid
+ 0x0000004000000000
+ root@host:/sys/class/scsi_disk/4:0:0:0/device# cat raid_level
+ RAID 0
+
+HPSA specific ioctls:
+---------------------
+
+ For compatibility with applications written for the cciss driver, many, but
+ not all of the ioctls supported by the cciss driver are also supported by the
+ hpsa driver. The data structures used by these are described in
+ include/linux/cciss_ioctl.h
+
+ CCISS_DEREGDISK
+ CCISS_REGNEWDISK
+ CCISS_REGNEWD
+
+ The above three ioctls all do exactly the same thing, which is to cause the driver
+ to rescan for new devices. This does exactly the same thing as writing to the
+ hpsa specific host "rescan" attribute.
+
+ CCISS_GETPCIINFO
+
+ Returns PCI domain, bus, device and function and "board ID" (PCI subsystem ID).
+
+ CCISS_GETDRIVVER
+
+ Returns driver version in three bytes encoded as:
+ (major_version << 16) | (minor_version << 8) | (subminor_version)
+
+ CCISS_PASSTHRU
+ CCISS_BIG_PASSTHRU
+
+ Allows "BMIC" and "CISS" commands to be passed through to the Smart Array.
+ These are used extensively by the HP Array Configuration Utility, SNMP storage
+ agents, etc. See cciss_vol_status at http://cciss.sf.net for some examples.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt b/Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt
index 3920f28..45d61ad 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt
@@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@
Q: Where can I find the latest info about this driver?
A: See the file MAINTAINERS for the current WWW-address, which offers
updates, info and Q/A lists. At this file's origin, the webaddress
- was: http://www.uni-mainz.de/~langm000/linux.html
+ was: http://www.staff.uni-mainz.de/mlang/linux.html
Q: My SCSI-adapter is not recognized by the driver, what can I do?
A: Just force it to be recognized by kernel parameters. See section 5.1.
If this really happens, do also send e-mail to the maintainer, as
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/osst.txt b/Documentation/scsi/osst.txt
index 2b21890..ad86c6d 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/osst.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/osst.txt
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ The driver development is coordinated through a mailing list
a CVS repository and some web pages.
The tester's pages which contain recent news and updated drivers to download
can be found on
-http://linux1.onstream.nl/test/
+http://sourceforge.net/projects/osst/
If you find any problems, please have a look at the tester's page in order
to see whether the problem is already known and solved. Otherwise, please
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ppa.txt b/Documentation/scsi/ppa.txt
index 067ac39..05ff47d 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/ppa.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/ppa.txt
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
-------- Terse where to get ZIP Drive help info --------
General Iomega ZIP drive page for Linux:
-http://www.torque.net/~campbell/
+http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.torque.net/~campbell/
Driver archive for old drivers:
-http://www.torque.net/~campbell/ppa/
+http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.torque.net/~campbell/ppa
Linux Parport page (parallel port)
-http://www.torque.net/parport/
+http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.torque.net/parport/
Email list for Linux Parport
linux-parport@torque.net
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt
index c38e2b3..0a22ab8 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/SCSI-Generic-HOWTO
This describes the sg version 3 driver found in the lk 2.4 series.
The LDP renders documents in single and multiple page HTML, postscript
and pdf. This document can also be found at:
-http://www.torque.net/sg/p/sg_v3_ho.html
+http://sg.danny.cz/sg/p/sg_v3_ho.html
Documentation for the version 2 sg driver found in the lk 2.2 series can
-be found at http://www.torque.net/sg/p/scsi-generic.txt . A larger version
-is at: http://www.torque.net/sg/p/scsi-generic_long.txt .
+be found at http://sg.danny.cz/sg/. A larger version
+is at: http://sg.danny.cz/sg/p/scsi-generic_long.txt.
The original documentation for the sg driver (prior to lk 2.2.6) can be
found at http://www.torque.net/sg/p/original/SCSI-Programming-HOWTO.txt
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ There are two packages of sg utilities:
- sg_utils for the sg version 2 (and original) driver found in lk 2.2
and earlier
Both packages will work in the lk 2.4 series however sg3_utils offers more
-capabilities. They can be found at: http://www.torque.net/sg and
+capabilities. They can be found at: http://sg.danny.cz/sg/sg3_utils.html and
freshmeat.net
Another approach is to look at the applications that use the sg driver.
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi.txt
index dd1bbf4..3d99d38 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/scsi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi.txt
@@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ The Linux Documentation Project (LDP) maintains a document describing
the SCSI subsystem in the Linux kernel (lk) 2.4 series. See:
http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/SCSI-2.4-HOWTO . The LDP has single
and multiple page HTML renderings as well as postscript and pdf.
-It can also be found at http://www.torque.net/scsi/SCSI-2.4-HOWTO .
-
+It can also be found at:
+http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.torque.net/scsi/SCSI-2.4-HOWTO
Notes on using modules in the SCSI subsystem
============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt
index de67229..570ef2b 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ There is a SCSI documentation directory within the kernel source tree,
typically Documentation/scsi . Most documents are in plain
(i.e. ASCII) text. This file is named scsi_mid_low_api.txt and can be
found in that directory. A more recent copy of this document may be found
-at http://www.torque.net/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt.gz .
+at http://web.archive.org/web/20070107183357rn_1/sg.torque.net/scsi/.
Many LLDs are documented there (e.g. aic7xxx.txt). The SCSI mid-level is
briefly described in scsi.txt which contains a url to a document
describing the SCSI subsystem in the lk 2.4 series. Two upper level
diff --git a/Documentation/serial/moxa-smartio b/Documentation/serial/moxa-smartio
index 5337e80..d104439 100644
--- a/Documentation/serial/moxa-smartio
+++ b/Documentation/serial/moxa-smartio
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Content
GNU General Public License in this version. Please refer to GNU General
Public License announcement in each source code file for more detail.
- In Moxa's Web sites, you may always find latest driver at http://web.moxa.com.
+ In Moxa's Web sites, you may always find latest driver at http://www.moxa.com/.
This version of driver can be installed as Loadable Module (Module driver)
or built-in into kernel (Static driver). You may refer to following
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
index 2075bbb..7f4dceb 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
@@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
about this driver. Note that it has been discontinued, but the
Voyetra Turtle Beach knowledge base entry for it is still available
at
- http://www.turtlebeach.com/site/kb_ftp/790.asp
+ http://www.turtlebeach.com
Module snd-msnd-pinnacle
------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt
index bdafdbd..278cc21 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ compare the codec registers directly.
Send a bug report either the followings:
kernel-bugzilla::
- http://bugme.linux-foundation.org/
+ https://bugzilla.kernel.org/
alsa-devel ML::
alsa-devel@alsa-project.org
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/DAI.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/DAI.txt
index 0ebd7ea..c967926 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/DAI.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/DAI.txt
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ frame (FRAME) (usually 48kHz) is always driven by the controller. Each AC97
frame is 21uS long and is divided into 13 time slots.
The AC97 specification can be found at :-
-http://www.intel.com/design/chipsets/audio/ac97_r23.pdf
+http://www.intel.com/p/en_US/business/design
I2S
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/codec.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/codec.txt
index 1e95342..37ba3a7 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/codec.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/codec.txt
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ struct snd_soc_ops {
};
Please refer to the ALSA driver PCM documentation for details.
-http://www.alsa-project.org/~iwai/writing-an-alsa-driver/c436.htm
+http://www.alsa-project.org/~iwai/writing-an-alsa-driver/
5 - DAPM description.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/platform.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/platform.txt
index b681d17..06d8359 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/platform.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/platform.txt
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ struct snd_soc_platform {
};
Please refer to the ALSA driver documentation for details of audio DMA.
-http://www.alsa-project.org/~iwai/writing-an-alsa-driver/c436.htm
+http://www.alsa-project.org/~iwai/writing-an-alsa-driver/
An example DMA driver is soc/pxa/pxa2xx-pcm.c
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/oss/README.OSS b/Documentation/sound/oss/README.OSS
index fd42b05..c615deb 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/oss/README.OSS
+++ b/Documentation/sound/oss/README.OSS
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ with OSS API.
Packages "snd-util-3.8.tar.gz" and "snd-data-0.1.tar.Z"
contain useful utilities to be used with this driver.
-See http://www.opensound.com/ossfree/getting.html for
+See http://www.opensound.com/ossfree/ for
download instructions.
If you are looking for the installation instructions, please
@@ -1438,7 +1438,7 @@ of this driver (see http://www.4Front-tech.com/oss.html for more info).
There are some common audio chipsets that are not supported yet. For example
Sierra Aria and IBM Mwave. It's possible that these architectures
get some support in future but I can't make any promises. Just look
-at the home page (http://www.opensound.com/ossfree/new_cards.html)
+at the home page (http://www.opensound.com/ossfree/)
for latest info.
Information about unsupported sound cards and chipsets is welcome as well
@@ -1449,7 +1449,6 @@ If you have any corrections and/or comments, please contact me.
Hannu Savolainen
hannu@opensound.com
-Personal home page: http://www.compusonic.fi/~hannu
home page of OSS/Free: http://www.opensound.com/ossfree
home page of commercial OSS
diff --git a/Documentation/sparse.txt b/Documentation/sparse.txt
index 9b659c7..4909d41 100644
--- a/Documentation/sparse.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sparse.txt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Copyright 2004 Linus Torvalds
-Copyright 2004 Pavel Machek <pavel@suse.cz>
+Copyright 2004 Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Copyright 2006 Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Using sparse for typechecking
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt
index 5fdbb61..82b2da1 100644
--- a/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ controlled by this knob are discussed in Documentation/laptops/laptop-mode.txt.
legacy_va_layout
-If non-zero, this sysctl disables the new 32-bit mmap mmap layout - the kernel
+If non-zero, this sysctl disables the new 32-bit mmap layout - the kernel
will use the legacy (2.4) layout for all processes.
==============================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/telephony/ixj.txt b/Documentation/telephony/ixj.txt
index 44d12400..4fb314d 100644
--- a/Documentation/telephony/ixj.txt
+++ b/Documentation/telephony/ixj.txt
@@ -108,14 +108,9 @@ applications.
1.4 Where to get things
-You can download the latest versions of the driver from:
-
-http://www.quicknet.net/develop.htm
-
-You can download the latest version of this document from:
-
-http://www.quicknet.net/develop.htm
+Info on latest versions of the driver are here:
+http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.quicknet.net/develop.htm
1.5 Mailing List
diff --git a/Documentation/timers/timers-howto.txt b/Documentation/timers/timers-howto.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9ef29d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/timers/timers-howto.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+delays - Information on the various kernel delay / sleep mechanisms
+-------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+This document seeks to answer the common question: "What is the
+RightWay (TM) to insert a delay?"
+
+This question is most often faced by driver writers who have to
+deal with hardware delays and who may not be the most intimately
+familiar with the inner workings of the Linux Kernel.
+
+
+Inserting Delays
+----------------
+
+The first, and most important, question you need to ask is "Is my
+code in an atomic context?" This should be followed closely by "Does
+it really need to delay in atomic context?" If so...
+
+ATOMIC CONTEXT:
+ You must use the *delay family of functions. These
+ functions use the jiffie estimation of clock speed
+ and will busy wait for enough loop cycles to achieve
+ the desired delay:
+
+ ndelay(unsigned long nsecs)
+ udelay(unsigned long usecs)
+ mdelay(unsgined long msecs)
+
+ udelay is the generally preferred API; ndelay-level
+ precision may not actually exist on many non-PC devices.
+
+ mdelay is macro wrapper around udelay, to account for
+ possible overflow when passing large arguments to udelay.
+ In general, use of mdelay is discouraged and code should
+ be refactored to allow for the use of msleep.
+
+NON-ATOMIC CONTEXT:
+ You should use the *sleep[_range] family of functions.
+ There are a few more options here, while any of them may
+ work correctly, using the "right" sleep function will
+ help the scheduler, power management, and just make your
+ driver better :)
+
+ -- Backed by busy-wait loop:
+ udelay(unsigned long usecs)
+ -- Backed by hrtimers:
+ usleep_range(unsigned long min, unsigned long max)
+ -- Backed by jiffies / legacy_timers
+ msleep(unsigned long msecs)
+ msleep_interruptible(unsigned long msecs)
+
+ Unlike the *delay family, the underlying mechanism
+ driving each of these calls varies, thus there are
+ quirks you should be aware of.
+
+
+ SLEEPING FOR "A FEW" USECS ( < ~10us? ):
+ * Use udelay
+
+ - Why not usleep?
+ On slower systems, (embedded, OR perhaps a speed-
+ stepped PC!) the overhead of setting up the hrtimers
+ for usleep *may* not be worth it. Such an evaluation
+ will obviously depend on your specific situation, but
+ it is something to be aware of.
+
+ SLEEPING FOR ~USECS OR SMALL MSECS ( 10us - 20ms):
+ * Use usleep_range
+
+ - Why not msleep for (1ms - 20ms)?
+ Explained originally here:
+ http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/8/3/250
+ msleep(1~20) may not do what the caller intends, and
+ will often sleep longer (~20 ms actual sleep for any
+ value given in the 1~20ms range). In many cases this
+ is not the desired behavior.
+
+ - Why is there no "usleep" / What is a good range?
+ Since usleep_range is built on top of hrtimers, the
+ wakeup will be very precise (ish), thus a simple
+ usleep function would likely introduce a large number
+ of undesired interrupts.
+
+ With the introduction of a range, the scheduler is
+ free to coalesce your wakeup with any other wakeup
+ that may have happened for other reasons, or at the
+ worst case, fire an interrupt for your upper bound.
+
+ The larger a range you supply, the greater a chance
+ that you will not trigger an interrupt; this should
+ be balanced with what is an acceptable upper bound on
+ delay / performance for your specific code path. Exact
+ tolerances here are very situation specific, thus it
+ is left to the caller to determine a reasonable range.
+
+ SLEEPING FOR LARGER MSECS ( 10ms+ )
+ * Use msleep or possibly msleep_interruptible
+
+ - What's the difference?
+ msleep sets the current task to TASK_UNINTERRUPTIBLE
+ whereas msleep_interruptible sets the current task to
+ TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE before scheduling the sleep. In
+ short, the difference is whether the sleep can be ended
+ early by a signal. In general, just use msleep unless
+ you know you have a need for the interruptible variant.
diff --git a/Documentation/tomoyo.txt b/Documentation/tomoyo.txt
index b3a232c..200a2d3 100644
--- a/Documentation/tomoyo.txt
+++ b/Documentation/tomoyo.txt
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
TOMOYO is a name-based MAC extension (LSM module) for the Linux kernel.
LiveCD-based tutorials are available at
-http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/en/1.6.x/1st-step/ubuntu8.04-live/
-http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/en/1.6.x/1st-step/centos5-live/ .
+http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/1.7/1st-step/ubuntu10.04-live/
+http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/1.7/1st-step/centos5-live/ .
Though these tutorials use non-LSM version of TOMOYO, they are useful for you
to know what TOMOYO is.
@@ -13,12 +13,12 @@ to know what TOMOYO is.
Build the kernel with CONFIG_SECURITY_TOMOYO=y and pass "security=tomoyo" on
kernel's command line.
-Please see http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/en/2.2.x/ for details.
+Please see http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/2.3/ for details.
--- Where is documentation? ---
User <-> Kernel interface documentation is available at
-http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/en/2.2.x/policy-reference.html .
+http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/2.3/policy-reference.html .
Materials we prepared for seminars and symposiums are available at
http://sourceforge.jp/projects/tomoyo/docs/?category_id=532&language_id=1 .
@@ -50,6 +50,6 @@ multiple LSM modules at the same time. We feel sorry that you have to give up
SELinux/SMACK/AppArmor etc. when you want to use TOMOYO.
We hope that LSM becomes stackable in future. Meanwhile, you can use non-LSM
-version of TOMOYO, available at http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/en/1.6.x/ .
+version of TOMOYO, available at http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/1.7/ .
LSM version of TOMOYO is a subset of non-LSM version of TOMOYO. We are planning
to port non-LSM version's functionalities to LSM versions.
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/ftrace-design.txt b/Documentation/trace/ftrace-design.txt
index f1f81af..dc52bd4 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/ftrace-design.txt
+++ b/Documentation/trace/ftrace-design.txt
@@ -13,6 +13,9 @@ Note that this focuses on architecture implementation details only. If you
want more explanation of a feature in terms of common code, review the common
ftrace.txt file.
+Ideally, everyone who wishes to retain performance while supporting tracing in
+their kernel should make it all the way to dynamic ftrace support.
+
Prerequisites
-------------
@@ -215,7 +218,7 @@ An arch may pass in a unique value (frame pointer) to both the entering and
exiting of a function. On exit, the value is compared and if it does not
match, then it will panic the kernel. This is largely a sanity check for bad
code generation with gcc. If gcc for your port sanely updates the frame
-pointer under different opitmization levels, then ignore this option.
+pointer under different optimization levels, then ignore this option.
However, adding support for it isn't terribly difficult. In your assembly code
that calls prepare_ftrace_return(), pass the frame pointer as the 3rd argument.
@@ -234,7 +237,7 @@ If you can't trace NMI functions, then skip this option.
HAVE_SYSCALL_TRACEPOINTS
----------------------
+------------------------
You need very few things to get the syscalls tracing in an arch.
@@ -250,12 +253,152 @@ You need very few things to get the syscalls tracing in an arch.
HAVE_FTRACE_MCOUNT_RECORD
-------------------------
-See scripts/recordmcount.pl for more info.
+See scripts/recordmcount.pl for more info. Just fill in the arch-specific
+details for how to locate the addresses of mcount call sites via objdump.
+This option doesn't make much sense without also implementing dynamic ftrace.
+
+HAVE_DYNAMIC_FTRACE
+-------------------
+
+You will first need HAVE_FTRACE_MCOUNT_RECORD and HAVE_FUNCTION_TRACER, so
+scroll your reader back up if you got over eager.
+
+Once those are out of the way, you will need to implement:
+ - asm/ftrace.h:
+ - MCOUNT_ADDR
+ - ftrace_call_adjust()
+ - struct dyn_arch_ftrace{}
+ - asm code:
+ - mcount() (new stub)
+ - ftrace_caller()
+ - ftrace_call()
+ - ftrace_stub()
+ - C code:
+ - ftrace_dyn_arch_init()
+ - ftrace_make_nop()
+ - ftrace_make_call()
+ - ftrace_update_ftrace_func()
+
+First you will need to fill out some arch details in your asm/ftrace.h.
+
+Define MCOUNT_ADDR as the address of your mcount symbol similar to:
+ #define MCOUNT_ADDR ((unsigned long)mcount)
+Since no one else will have a decl for that function, you will need to:
+ extern void mcount(void);
+
+You will also need the helper function ftrace_call_adjust(). Most people
+will be able to stub it out like so:
+ static inline unsigned long ftrace_call_adjust(unsigned long addr)
+ {
+ return addr;
+ }
<details to be filled>
+Lastly you will need the custom dyn_arch_ftrace structure. If you need
+some extra state when runtime patching arbitrary call sites, this is the
+place. For now though, create an empty struct:
+ struct dyn_arch_ftrace {
+ /* No extra data needed */
+ };
+
+With the header out of the way, we can fill out the assembly code. While we
+did already create a mcount() function earlier, dynamic ftrace only wants a
+stub function. This is because the mcount() will only be used during boot
+and then all references to it will be patched out never to return. Instead,
+the guts of the old mcount() will be used to create a new ftrace_caller()
+function. Because the two are hard to merge, it will most likely be a lot
+easier to have two separate definitions split up by #ifdefs. Same goes for
+the ftrace_stub() as that will now be inlined in ftrace_caller().
+
+Before we get confused anymore, let's check out some pseudo code so you can
+implement your own stuff in assembly:
-HAVE_DYNAMIC_FTRACE
----------------------
+void mcount(void)
+{
+ return;
+}
+
+void ftrace_caller(void)
+{
+ /* implement HAVE_FUNCTION_TRACE_MCOUNT_TEST if you desire */
+
+ /* save all state needed by the ABI (see paragraph above) */
+
+ unsigned long frompc = ...;
+ unsigned long selfpc = <return address> - MCOUNT_INSN_SIZE;
+
+ftrace_call:
+ ftrace_stub(frompc, selfpc);
+
+ /* restore all state needed by the ABI */
+
+ftrace_stub:
+ return;
+}
+
+This might look a little odd at first, but keep in mind that we will be runtime
+patching multiple things. First, only functions that we actually want to trace
+will be patched to call ftrace_caller(). Second, since we only have one tracer
+active at a time, we will patch the ftrace_caller() function itself to call the
+specific tracer in question. That is the point of the ftrace_call label.
+
+With that in mind, let's move on to the C code that will actually be doing the
+runtime patching. You'll need a little knowledge of your arch's opcodes in
+order to make it through the next section.
+
+Every arch has an init callback function. If you need to do something early on
+to initialize some state, this is the time to do that. Otherwise, this simple
+function below should be sufficient for most people:
+
+int __init ftrace_dyn_arch_init(void *data)
+{
+ /* return value is done indirectly via data */
+ *(unsigned long *)data = 0;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+There are two functions that are used to do runtime patching of arbitrary
+functions. The first is used to turn the mcount call site into a nop (which
+is what helps us retain runtime performance when not tracing). The second is
+used to turn the mcount call site into a call to an arbitrary location (but
+typically that is ftracer_caller()). See the general function definition in
+linux/ftrace.h for the functions:
+ ftrace_make_nop()
+ ftrace_make_call()
+The rec->ip value is the address of the mcount call site that was collected
+by the scripts/recordmcount.pl during build time.
+
+The last function is used to do runtime patching of the active tracer. This
+will be modifying the assembly code at the location of the ftrace_call symbol
+inside of the ftrace_caller() function. So you should have sufficient padding
+at that location to support the new function calls you'll be inserting. Some
+people will be using a "call" type instruction while others will be using a
+"branch" type instruction. Specifically, the function is:
+ ftrace_update_ftrace_func()
+
+
+HAVE_DYNAMIC_FTRACE + HAVE_FUNCTION_GRAPH_TRACER
+------------------------------------------------
+
+The function grapher needs a few tweaks in order to work with dynamic ftrace.
+Basically, you will need to:
+ - update:
+ - ftrace_caller()
+ - ftrace_graph_call()
+ - ftrace_graph_caller()
+ - implement:
+ - ftrace_enable_ftrace_graph_caller()
+ - ftrace_disable_ftrace_graph_caller()
<details to be filled>
+Quick notes:
+ - add a nop stub after the ftrace_call location named ftrace_graph_call;
+ stub needs to be large enough to support a call to ftrace_graph_caller()
+ - update ftrace_graph_caller() to work with being called by the new
+ ftrace_caller() since some semantics may have changed
+ - ftrace_enable_ftrace_graph_caller() will runtime patch the
+ ftrace_graph_call location with a call to ftrace_graph_caller()
+ - ftrace_disable_ftrace_graph_caller() will runtime patch the
+ ftrace_graph_call location with nops
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/kmemtrace.txt b/Documentation/trace/kmemtrace.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 6308735..0000000
--- a/Documentation/trace/kmemtrace.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
- kmemtrace - Kernel Memory Tracer
-
- by Eduard - Gabriel Munteanu
- <eduard.munteanu@linux360.ro>
-
-I. Introduction
-===============
-
-kmemtrace helps kernel developers figure out two things:
-1) how different allocators (SLAB, SLUB etc.) perform
-2) how kernel code allocates memory and how much
-
-To do this, we trace every allocation and export information to the userspace
-through the relay interface. We export things such as the number of requested
-bytes, the number of bytes actually allocated (i.e. including internal
-fragmentation), whether this is a slab allocation or a plain kmalloc() and so
-on.
-
-The actual analysis is performed by a userspace tool (see section III for
-details on where to get it from). It logs the data exported by the kernel,
-processes it and (as of writing this) can provide the following information:
-- the total amount of memory allocated and fragmentation per call-site
-- the amount of memory allocated and fragmentation per allocation
-- total memory allocated and fragmentation in the collected dataset
-- number of cross-CPU allocation and frees (makes sense in NUMA environments)
-
-Moreover, it can potentially find inconsistent and erroneous behavior in
-kernel code, such as using slab free functions on kmalloc'ed memory or
-allocating less memory than requested (but not truly failed allocations).
-
-kmemtrace also makes provisions for tracing on some arch and analysing the
-data on another.
-
-II. Design and goals
-====================
-
-kmemtrace was designed to handle rather large amounts of data. Thus, it uses
-the relay interface to export whatever is logged to userspace, which then
-stores it. Analysis and reporting is done asynchronously, that is, after the
-data is collected and stored. By design, it allows one to log and analyse
-on different machines and different arches.
-
-As of writing this, the ABI is not considered stable, though it might not
-change much. However, no guarantees are made about compatibility yet. When
-deemed stable, the ABI should still allow easy extension while maintaining
-backward compatibility. This is described further in Documentation/ABI.
-
-Summary of design goals:
- - allow logging and analysis to be done across different machines
- - be fast and anticipate usage in high-load environments (*)
- - be reasonably extensible
- - make it possible for GNU/Linux distributions to have kmemtrace
- included in their repositories
-
-(*) - one of the reasons Pekka Enberg's original userspace data analysis
- tool's code was rewritten from Perl to C (although this is more than a
- simple conversion)
-
-
-III. Quick usage guide
-======================
-
-1) Get a kernel that supports kmemtrace and build it accordingly (i.e. enable
-CONFIG_KMEMTRACE).
-
-2) Get the userspace tool and build it:
-$ git clone git://repo.or.cz/kmemtrace-user.git # current repository
-$ cd kmemtrace-user/
-$ ./autogen.sh
-$ ./configure
-$ make
-
-3) Boot the kmemtrace-enabled kernel if you haven't, preferably in the
-'single' runlevel (so that relay buffers don't fill up easily), and run
-kmemtrace:
-# '$' does not mean user, but root here.
-$ mount -t debugfs none /sys/kernel/debug
-$ mount -t proc none /proc
-$ cd path/to/kmemtrace-user/
-$ ./kmemtraced
-Wait a bit, then stop it with CTRL+C.
-$ cat /sys/kernel/debug/kmemtrace/total_overruns # Check if we didn't
- # overrun, should
- # be zero.
-$ (Optionally) [Run kmemtrace_check separately on each cpu[0-9]*.out file to
- check its correctness]
-$ ./kmemtrace-report
-
-Now you should have a nice and short summary of how the allocator performs.
-
-IV. FAQ and known issues
-========================
-
-Q: 'cat /sys/kernel/debug/kmemtrace/total_overruns' is non-zero, how do I fix
-this? Should I worry?
-A: If it's non-zero, this affects kmemtrace's accuracy, depending on how
-large the number is. You can fix it by supplying a higher
-'kmemtrace.subbufs=N' kernel parameter.
----
-
-Q: kmemtrace_check reports errors, how do I fix this? Should I worry?
-A: This is a bug and should be reported. It can occur for a variety of
-reasons:
- - possible bugs in relay code
- - possible misuse of relay by kmemtrace
- - timestamps being collected unorderly
-Or you may fix it yourself and send us a patch.
----
-
-Q: kmemtrace_report shows many errors, how do I fix this? Should I worry?
-A: This is a known issue and I'm working on it. These might be true errors
-in kernel code, which may have inconsistent behavior (e.g. allocating memory
-with kmem_cache_alloc() and freeing it with kfree()). Pekka Enberg pointed
-out this behavior may work with SLAB, but may fail with other allocators.
-
-It may also be due to lack of tracing in some unusual allocator functions.
-
-We don't want bug reports regarding this issue yet.
----
-
-V. See also
-===========
-
-Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
-Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-kmemtrace
-
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt b/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt
index ec94748..5f77d94 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt
+++ b/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Synopsis of kprobe_events
+|-offs(FETCHARG) : Fetch memory at FETCHARG +|- offs address.(**)
NAME=FETCHARG : Set NAME as the argument name of FETCHARG.
FETCHARG:TYPE : Set TYPE as the type of FETCHARG. Currently, basic types
- (u8/u16/u32/u64/s8/s16/s32/s64) are supported.
+ (u8/u16/u32/u64/s8/s16/s32/s64) and string are supported.
(*) only for return probe.
(**) this is useful for fetching a field of data structures.
diff --git a/Documentation/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt
index 628013f..9b7e190 100644
--- a/Documentation/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt
@@ -8,62 +8,6 @@
Table of Contents
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1. Introduction
1.1 How is User Mode Linux Different?
@@ -277,8 +221,7 @@
1. Download the latest UML patch from
- the download page <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/dl-
- sf.html>
+ the download page <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/
In this example, the file is uml-patch-2.4.0-prerelease.bz2.
@@ -438,7 +381,7 @@
as modules, especially filesystems and network protocols and filters,
so most symbols which need to be exported probably already are.
However, if you do find symbols that need exporting, let us
- <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/contacts.html> know, and
+ <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/> know, and
they'll be "taken care of".
@@ -498,8 +441,8 @@
You will need a filesystem to boot UML from. There are a number
available for download from here <http://user-mode-
- linux.sourceforge.net/dl-sf.html> . There are also several tools
- <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/fs_making.html> which can be
+ linux.sourceforge.net/> . There are also several tools
+ <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/> which can be
used to generate UML-compatible filesystem images from media.
The kernel will boot up and present you with a login prompt.
@@ -1236,7 +1179,7 @@
Harald's original README is here <http://user-mode-linux.source-
- forge.net/text/mcast.txt> and explains these in detail, as well as
+ forge.net/> and explains these in detail, as well as
some other issues.
@@ -1311,7 +1254,7 @@
kernel.
These were pointed out by Tim Robinson <timro at trkr dot net> in
- <http://www.geocrawler.com/lists/3/SourceForge/597/0/> name="this uml-
+ <http://www.geocrawler.com/> name="this uml-
user post"> .
@@ -2038,7 +1981,7 @@
uml_moo is installed with the UML deb and RPM. If you didn't install
UML from one of those packages, you can also get it from the UML
- utilities <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/dl-sf.html#UML
+ utilities <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/
utilities> tar file in tools/moo.
@@ -4599,7 +4542,7 @@
Michael Jennings <mikejen at hevanet.com> sent in some material which
is now gracing the top of the index page <http://user-mode-
- linux.sourceforge.net/index.html> of this site.
+ linux.sourceforge.net/> of this site.
SGI <http://www.sgi.com> (and more specifically Ralf Baechle <ralf at
uni-koblenz.de> ) gave me an account on oss.sgi.com
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/linux.inf b/Documentation/usb/linux.inf
index 2f7217d..af71d87 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/linux.inf
+++ b/Documentation/usb/linux.inf
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
;
; Microsoft only directly supports RNDIS drivers, and bundled them into XP.
; The Microsoft "Remote NDIS USB Driver Kit" is currently found at:
-; http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/hwdev/resources/HWservices/rndis.mspx
+; http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/device/network/ndis/rmndis.mspx
[Version]
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt b/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt
index e43cfff..86302cd 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt
@@ -54,10 +54,6 @@ generic functions like calibrations, resets, and vendor information can be
requested from the userspace (And the drivers would handle the vendor specific
tasks).
-ADDITIONAL INFORMATION/UPDATES/X CONFIGURATION EXAMPLE:
-
-http://groomlakelabs.com/grandamp/code/microtouch/
-
TODO:
Implement a control urb again to handle requests to and from the device
@@ -68,7 +64,7 @@ DISCLAIMER:
I am not a MicroTouch/3M employee, nor have I ever been. 3M does not support
this driver! If you want touch drivers only supported within X, please go to:
-http://www.3m.com/3MTouchSystems/downloads/
+http://www.3m.com/3MTouchSystems/
THANKS:
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt b/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt
index f4d2145..5bd7926 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt
+++ b/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ HandSpring Visor, Palm USB, and Clié USB driver
parameters. e.g. modprobe visor vendor=0x54c product=0x66
There is a webpage and mailing lists for this portion of the driver at:
- http://usbvisor.sourceforge.net/
+ http://sourceforge.net/projects/usbvisor/
For any questions or problems with this driver, please contact Greg
Kroah-Hartman at greg@kroah.com
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Keyspan USA-series Serial Adapters
functionality.
More information is available at:
- http://misc.nu/hugh/keyspan.html
+ http://www.carnationsoftware.com/carnation/Keyspan.html
For any questions or problems with this driver, please contact Hugh
Blemings at hugh@misc.nu
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/API.html b/Documentation/video4linux/API.html
index d749d41..d72fd2a 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/API.html
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/API.html
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
- <a href="http://www.linuxtv.org/downloads/video4linux/API/V4L2_API">V4L2 API</a>
+ <a href="http://v4l2spec.bytesex.org/spec-single/v4l2.html">V4L2 API</a>
</td>
<td>Should be used for new projects
</td>
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885
index 16ca030..87c4634 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885
@@ -17,9 +17,9 @@
16 -> DVBWorld DVB-S2 2005 [0001:2005]
17 -> NetUP Dual DVB-S2 CI [1b55:2a2c]
18 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1270 [0070:2211]
- 19 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1275 [0070:2215]
- 20 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1255 [0070:2251]
- 21 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1210 [0070:2291,0070:2295]
+ 19 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1275 [0070:2215,0070:221d,0070:22f2]
+ 20 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1255 [0070:2251,0070:2259,0070:22f1]
+ 21 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1210 [0070:2291,0070:2295,0070:2299,0070:229d,0070:22f0,0070:22f3,0070:22f4,0070:22f5]
22 -> Mygica X8506 DMB-TH [14f1:8651]
23 -> Magic-Pro ProHDTV Extreme 2 [14f1:8657]
24 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1850 [0070:8541]
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx
index 3a623aa..5c56875 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx
@@ -72,3 +72,4 @@
73 -> Reddo DVB-C USB TV Box (em2870)
74 -> Actionmaster/LinXcel/Digitus VC211A (em2800)
75 -> Dikom DK300 (em2882)
+ 76 -> KWorld PlusTV 340U or UB435-Q (ATSC) (em2870) [1b80:a340]
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134
index 1387a69..4000c29 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134
@@ -178,4 +178,5 @@
177 -> Hawell HW-404M7
178 -> Beholder BeholdTV H7 [5ace:7190]
179 -> Beholder BeholdTV A7 [5ace:7090]
-180 -> Avermedia M733A [1461:4155,1461:4255]
+180 -> Avermedia PCI M733A [1461:4155,1461:4255]
+181 -> TechoTrend TT-budget T-3000 [13c2:2804]
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.tuner b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.tuner
index 9b2e0dd..e67c1db 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.tuner
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.tuner
@@ -82,3 +82,4 @@ tuner=81 - Partsnic (Daewoo) PTI-5NF05
tuner=82 - Philips CU1216L
tuner=83 - NXP TDA18271
tuner=84 - Sony BTF-Pxn01Z
+tuner=85 - Philips FQ1236 MK5
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CQcam.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/CQcam.txt
index d230878e..8977e7c 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/CQcam.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CQcam.txt
@@ -203,11 +203,11 @@ The V4L2 API spec:
http://v4l2spec.bytesex.org/
Some web pages about the quickcams:
- http://www.dkfz-heidelberg.de/Macromol/wedemann/mini-HOWTO-cqcam.html
+ http://www.pingouin-land.com/howto/QuickCam-HOWTO.html
http://www.crynwr.com/qcpc/ QuickCam Third-Party Drivers
http://www.crynwr.com/qcpc/re.html Some Reverse Engineering
- http://cse.unl.edu/~cluening/gqcam/ v4l client
+ http://www.wirelesscouch.net/software/gqcam/ v4l client
http://phobos.illtel.denver.co.us/pub/qcread/ doesn't use v4l
ftp://ftp.cs.unm.edu/pub/chris/quickcam/ Has lots of drivers
http://www.cs.duke.edu/~reynolds/quickcam/ Has lots of information
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/README.cpia b/Documentation/video4linux/README.cpia
index 19cd3bf..8a747fe 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/README.cpia
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/README.cpia
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ THANKS (in no particular order):
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCES
- 1. http://www.risc.uni-linz.ac.at/people/ppregler
+ 1. http://www.risc.uni-linz.ac.at/
mailto:Peter_Pregler@email.com
2. see the file COPYING in the top directory of the kernel tree
3. http://webcam.sourceforge.net/
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/README.ivtv b/Documentation/video4linux/README.ivtv
index 73df22c..42b0668 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/README.ivtv
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/README.ivtv
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Hauppauge PVR-350.
NOTE: this driver requires the latest encoder firmware (version 2.06.039, size
376836 bytes). Get the firmware from here:
-http://dl.ivtvdriver.org/ivtv/firmware/firmware.tar.gz
+http://dl.ivtvdriver.org/ivtv/firmware/
NOTE: 'normal' TV applications do not work with this driver, you need
an application that can handle MPEG input such as mplayer, xine, MythTV,
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/Zoran b/Documentation/video4linux/Zoran
index 0e89e76..00e3f92 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/Zoran
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/Zoran
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ and is used in Argentinia, Uruguay, an a few others
We do not talk about how the audio is broadcast !
A rather good sites about the TV standards are:
-http://www.sony.jp/ServiceArea/Voltage_map/
+http://www.sony.jp/support/
http://info.electronicwerkstatt.de/bereiche/fernsehtechnik/frequenzen_und_normen/Fernsehnormen/
and http://www.cabl.com/restaurant/channel.html
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ These extensions are known as the v4l/mjpeg extensions. See zoran.h for
details (structs/ioctls).
Information - video4linux:
-http://roadrunner.swansea.linux.org.uk/v4lapi.shtml
+http://linux.bytesex.org/v4l2/API.html
Documentation/video4linux/API.html
/usr/include/linux/videodev.h
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ BUZIOC_G_STATUS
Get the status of the input lines (video source connected/norm).
For programming example, please, look at lavrec.c and lavplay.c code in
-lavtools-1.2p2 package (URL: http://www.cicese.mx/~mirsev/DC10plus/)
+lavtools-1.2p2 package (URL: http://www.cicese.mx/)
and the 'examples' directory in the original Buz driver distribution.
Additional notes for software developers:
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Cards b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Cards
index d338965..12217fc 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Cards
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Cards
@@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ Kworld (www.kworld.com.tw)
-JTT/ Justy Corp.http://www.justy.co.jp/ (www.jtt.com.jp website down)
+JTT/ Justy Corp.(http://www.jtt.ne.jp/)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
JTT-02 (JTT TV) "TV watchmate pro" (bt848)
@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ Eline www.eline-net.com/
Eline Vision TVMaster / TVMaster FM (ELV-TVM/ ELV-TVM-FM) = LR26 (bt878)
Eline Vision TVMaster-2000 (ELV-TVM-2000, ELV-TVM-2000-FM)= LR138 (saa713x)
-Spirit http://www.spiritmodems.com.au/
+Spirit
------
Spirit TV Tuner/Video Capture Card (bt848)
@@ -959,6 +959,6 @@ Asus www.asuscom.com
Hoontech
--------
-http://www.hoontech.com/korean/download/down_driver_list03.html
+http://www.hoontech.de/
HART Vision 848 (H-ART Vision 848)
HART Vision 878 (H-Art Vision 878)
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/MAKEDEV b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/MAKEDEV
index 6c29ba4..9d112f7 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/MAKEDEV
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/MAKEDEV
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ function makedev () {
ln -s /dev/${1}0 /dev/$1
}
-# see http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4lapi.shtml
+# see http://linux.bytesex.org/v4l2/API.html
echo "*** new device names ***"
makedev video 0
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Specs b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Specs
index 79b9e57..f32466c 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Specs
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Specs
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
Philips http://www.Semiconductors.COM/pip/
-Conexant http://www.conexant.com/techinfo/default.asp
-Micronas http://www.micronas.de/pages/product_documentation/index.html
+Conexant http://www.conexant.com/
+Micronas http://www.micronas.com/en/home/index.html
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/cx88/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/cx88/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt
index faccee6..f4329a3 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/cx88/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/cx88/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ http://www.atmel.com/dyn/resources/prod_documents/doc2817.pdf
This data sheet (google search) seems to have a lovely description of the
RC5 basics
-http://users.pandora.be/nenya/electronics/rc5/ and more data
+http://www.nenya.be/beor/electronics/rc5.htm and more data
http://www.ee.washington.edu/circuit_archive/text/ir_decode.txt
and even a reference to how to decode a bi-phase data stream.
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt
index f13eb03..56ba7bb 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt
@@ -29,8 +29,12 @@ zc3xx 041e:4029 Creative WebCam Vista Pro
zc3xx 041e:4034 Creative Instant P0620
zc3xx 041e:4035 Creative Instant P0620D
zc3xx 041e:4036 Creative Live !
+sq930x 041e:4038 Creative Joy-IT
zc3xx 041e:403a Creative Nx Pro 2
spca561 041e:403b Creative Webcam Vista (VF0010)
+sq930x 041e:403c Creative Live! Ultra
+sq930x 041e:403d Creative Live! Ultra for Notebooks
+sq930x 041e:4041 Creative Live! Motion
zc3xx 041e:4051 Creative Live!Cam Notebook Pro (VF0250)
ov519 041e:4052 Creative Live! VISTA IM
zc3xx 041e:4053 Creative Live!Cam Video IM
@@ -138,6 +142,7 @@ finepix 04cb:013d Fujifilm FinePix unknown model
finepix 04cb:013f Fujifilm FinePix F420
sunplus 04f1:1001 JVC GC A50
spca561 04fc:0561 Flexcam 100
+spca1528 04fc:1528 Sunplus MD80 clone
sunplus 04fc:500c Sunplus CA500C
sunplus 04fc:504a Aiptek Mini PenCam 1.3
sunplus 04fc:504b Maxell MaxPocket LE 1.3
@@ -253,6 +258,7 @@ pac7302 093a:2620 Apollo AC-905
pac7302 093a:2621 PAC731x
pac7302 093a:2622 Genius Eye 312
pac7302 093a:2624 PAC7302
+pac7302 093a:2625 Genius iSlim 310
pac7302 093a:2626 Labtec 2200
pac7302 093a:2628 Genius iLook 300
pac7302 093a:2629 Genious iSlim 300
@@ -362,6 +368,8 @@ sq905c 2770:9052 Disney pix micro 2 (VGA)
sq905c 2770:905c All 11 known cameras with this ID
sq905 2770:9120 All 24 known cameras with this ID
sq905c 2770:913d All 4 known cameras with this ID
+sq930x 2770:930b Sweex Motion Tracking / I-Tec iCam Tracer
+sq930x 2770:930c Trust WB-3500T / NSG Robbie 2.0
spca500 2899:012c Toptro Industrial
ov519 8020:ef04 ov519
spca508 8086:0110 Intel Easy PC Camera
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt
index faccee6..a2fd363 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ http://www.atmel.com/dyn/resources/prod_documents/doc2817.pdf
This data sheet (google search) seems to have a lovely description of the
RC5 basics
-http://users.pandora.be/nenya/electronics/rc5/ and more data
+http://www.nenya.be/beor/electronics/rc5.htm and more data
http://www.ee.washington.edu/circuit_archive/text/ir_decode.txt
and even a reference to how to decode a bi-phase data stream.
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/ibmcam.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/ibmcam.txt
index 397a94e..a5105521 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/ibmcam.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/ibmcam.txt
@@ -27,9 +27,8 @@ SUPPORTED CAMERAS:
Xirlink "C-It" camera, also known as "IBM PC Camera".
The device uses proprietary ASIC (and compression method);
-it is manufactured by Xirlink. See http://www.xirlink.com/
-(renamed to http://www.veo.com), http://www.ibmpccamera.com,
-or http://www.c-itnow.com/ for details and pictures.
+it is manufactured by Xirlink. See http://xirlinkwebcam.sourceforge.net,
+http://www.ibmpccamera.com, or http://www.c-itnow.com/ for details and pictures.
This very chipset ("X Chip", as marked at the factory)
is used in several other cameras, and they are supported
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/se401.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/se401.txt
index 7b9d1c9..bd6526e 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/se401.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/se401.txt
@@ -49,6 +49,6 @@ order to increase the throughput (and thus framerate).
HELP:
The latest info on this driver can be found at:
-http://www.chello.nl/~j.vreeken/se401/
+http://members.chello.nl/~j.vreeken/se401/
And questions to me can be send to:
pe1rxq@amsat.org
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/w9966.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/w9966.txt
index 78a6512..8550245 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/w9966.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/w9966.txt
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ where every two pixels take 4 bytes. In SDL (www.libsdl.org) this format
is called VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV422 (16 bpp).
A minimal test application (with source) is available from:
- http://hem.fyristorg.com/mogul/w9966.html
+ http://www.slackwaresupport.com/howtos/Webcam-HOWTO
The slow framerate is due to missing DMA ECP read support in the
parport drivers. I might add working EPP support later.
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/page-types.c b/Documentation/vm/page-types.c
index 66e9358..ccd951f 100644
--- a/Documentation/vm/page-types.c
+++ b/Documentation/vm/page-types.c
@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ static void usage(void)
#endif
" -l|--list Show page details in ranges\n"
" -L|--list-each Show page details one by one\n"
-" -N|--no-summary Don't show summay info\n"
+" -N|--no-summary Don't show summary info\n"
" -X|--hwpoison hwpoison pages\n"
" -x|--unpoison unpoison pages\n"
" -h|--help Show this usage message\n"
diff --git a/Documentation/w1/masters/ds2482 b/Documentation/w1/masters/ds2482
index 299b91c..56f8eda 100644
--- a/Documentation/w1/masters/ds2482
+++ b/Documentation/w1/masters/ds2482
@@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ Supported chips:
Prefix: 'ds2482'
Addresses scanned: None
Datasheets:
- http://pdfserv.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/DS2482-100-DS2482S-100.pdf
- http://pdfserv.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/DS2482-800-DS2482S-800.pdf
+ http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/DS2482-100.pdf
+ http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/DS2482-800.pdf
Author: Ben Gardner <bgardner@wabtec.com>
diff --git a/Documentation/w1/masters/mxc-w1 b/Documentation/w1/masters/mxc-w1
index 97f6199..38be1ad 100644
--- a/Documentation/w1/masters/mxc-w1
+++ b/Documentation/w1/masters/mxc-w1
@@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ Supported chips:
* Freescale MX27, MX31 and probably other i.MX SoCs
Datasheets:
http://www.freescale.com/files/32bit/doc/data_sheet/MCIMX31.pdf?fpsp=1
- http://www.freescale.com/files/dsp/MCIMX27.pdf?fpsp=1
+ http://cache.freescale.com/files/dsp/doc/archive/MCIMX27.pdf?fsrch=1&WT_TYPE=
+ Data%20Sheets&WT_VENDOR=FREESCALE&WT_FILE_FORMAT=pdf&WT_ASSET=Documentation
Author: Originally based on Freescale code, prepared for mainline by
Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
diff --git a/Documentation/w1/masters/omap-hdq b/Documentation/w1/masters/omap-hdq
index ca722e0..884dc28 100644
--- a/Documentation/w1/masters/omap-hdq
+++ b/Documentation/w1/masters/omap-hdq
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Supported chips:
A useful link about HDQ basics:
===============================
-http://focus.ti.com/lit/an/slua408/slua408.pdf
+http://focus.ti.com/lit/an/slua408a/slua408a.pdf
Description:
============
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO b/Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO
index 3d80e8a..6916077 100644
--- a/Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO
+++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Linux内核代码中包含有大量的文档。这些文档对于学习如何与
其他关于如何正确地生成补丁的优秀文档包括:
"The Perfect Patch"
- http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/stuff/tpp.txt
+ http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt
"Linux kernel patch submission format"
http://linux.yyz.us/patch-format.html
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Linux内核代码中包含有大量的文档。这些文档对于学习如何与
如果你想加入内核开发社区并协助完成一些任务,却找不到从哪里开始,可以访问
“Linux内核房管员”计划:
- http://janitor.kernelnewbies.org/
+ http://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors
这是极佳的起点。它提供一个相对简单的任务列表,列出内核代码中需要被重新
整理或者改正的地方。通过和负责这个计划的开发者们一同工作,你会学到将补丁
集成进内核的基本原理。如果还没有决定下一步要做什么的话,你还可能会得到方
@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ Linux内核社区并不喜欢一下接收大段的代码。修改需要被恰当
想了解它具体应该看起来像什么,请查阅以下文档中的“ChangeLog”章节:
“The Perfect Patch”
- http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/stuff/tpp.txt
+ http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt
这些事情有时候做起来很难。要在任何方面都做到完美可能需要好几年时间。这是
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ Linux内核社区并不喜欢一下接收大段的代码。修改需要被恰当
---------------
感谢Paolo Ciarrocchi允许“开发流程”部分基于他所写的文章
-(http://linux.tar.bz/articles/2.6-development_process),感谢Randy
+(http://www.kerneltravel.net/newbie/2.6-development_process),感谢Randy
Dunlap和Gerrit Huizenga完善了应该说和不该说的列表。感谢Pat Mochel, Hanna
Linder, Randy Dunlap, Kay Sievers, Vojtech Pavlik, Jan Kara, Josh Boyer,
Kees Cook, Andrew Morton, Andi Kleen, Vadim Lobanov, Jesper Juhl, Adrian
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingDrivers b/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingDrivers
index 5f4815c..c27b0f6 100644
--- a/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingDrivers
+++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingDrivers
@@ -165,4 +165,4 @@ Linux USB项目:
http://www.fenrus.org/how-to-not-write-a-device-driver-paper.pdf
内核清洁工 (Kernel Janitor):
- http://janitor.kernelnewbies.org/
+ http://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingPatches
index 985c92e..9a1a6e1 100644
--- a/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingPatches
+++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingPatches
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Quilt:
http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/quilt
Andrew Morton 的补丁脚本:
-http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/
+http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/patch-scripts.tar.gz
作为这些脚本的替代,quilt 是值得推荐的补丁管理工具(看上面的链接)。
2)描述你的改动。
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ MAITAINERS 文件里的)发送一个手册页(man-pages)补丁,或者至
人拷贝,只要它是琐碎的)
任何文件的作者/维护者对该文件的改动(例如 patch monkey 在重传模式下)
-URL: <http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/bunk/trivial/>
+EMAIL: trivial@kernel.org
(译注,关于“琐碎补丁”的一些说明:因为原文的这一部分写得比较简单,所以不得不
违例写一下译注。"trivial"这个英文单词的本意是“琐碎的,不重要的。”但是在这里
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ Static inline 函数相比宏来说,是好得多的选择。Static inline 函
----------------
Andrew Morton, "The perfect patch" (tpp).
- <http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/stuff/tpp.txt>
+ <http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt>
Jeff Garzik, "Linux kernel patch submission format".
<http://linux.yyz.us/patch-format.html>
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/sparse.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/sparse.txt
index 75992a6..cc144e5 100644
--- a/Documentation/zh_CN/sparse.txt
+++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/sparse.txt
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Documentation/sparse.txt 的中文翻译
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright 2004 Linus Torvalds
-Copyright 2004 Pavel Machek <pavel@suse.cz>
+Copyright 2004 Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Copyright 2006 Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
使用 sparse 工具做类型检查
OpenPOWER on IntegriCloud